WO2021062700A1 - Data transmission method, apparatus and computer readable storage medium - Google Patents

Data transmission method, apparatus and computer readable storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021062700A1
WO2021062700A1 PCT/CN2019/109595 CN2019109595W WO2021062700A1 WO 2021062700 A1 WO2021062700 A1 WO 2021062700A1 CN 2019109595 W CN2019109595 W CN 2019109595W WO 2021062700 A1 WO2021062700 A1 WO 2021062700A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
access network
terminal device
network device
resource configuration
wireless resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/109595
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄曲芳
娄崇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2019/109595 priority Critical patent/WO2021062700A1/en
Publication of WO2021062700A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021062700A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to methods, devices, and computer-readable storage media for data transmission.
  • QoS Quality of service
  • a technology This technology increases the predictability of network performance, and can effectively allocate network bandwidth and make more reasonable use of network resources.
  • the service source When the service source needs to initiate a service to the terminal device, it can initiate a service request to the core network device.
  • the core network device can determine the QoS requirement of the service to be transmitted according to the type of service, the source of the service, and other information, and notify the access network device of the QoS requirement.
  • the access network equipment determines the QoS requirements that can be met based on the current network load and other factors such as hardware processing capabilities and network architecture. If the access network equipment can meet the QoS requirement, it can transmit the data of the service. If the access network device does not meet the QoS requirement, it can refuse to transmit the data of the service.
  • Access network equipment can negotiate QoS requirements, determine a QoS parameter from at least two QoS parameters, and determine it according to the determined QoS parameter Corresponding wireless resource configuration.
  • a data transmission method may be executed by a first access network device or a component used for the first access network device, and the component may be, for example, a chip.
  • the method includes: a first access network device determines a first QoS parameter according to at least two quality of service QoS parameters; the first access network device sends a first wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, and the first wireless resource configuration is Determined according to the first QoS parameter, the first radio resource configuration is used between the first access network device and the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  • the first QoS parameter and the at least two QoS parameters belong to one protocol data unit PDU session.
  • the method further includes: the first access network device receives a service bearer request message sent by a second access network device, and the service bearer request message carries the at least two QoS parameters, wherein the second access network device is the source network device of the terminal device, and the first access network device is the target network device of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device as the target access network device can obtain at least two QoS parameters from the second access network device as the source access network device, and select from the at least two QoS parameters A QoS parameter that can be satisfied by itself, and the corresponding wireless resource configuration is determined according to the determined QoS parameter.
  • the first access network device selects one QoS parameter from the at least two QoS parameters as the first QoS parameter.
  • the first access network device can directly select one of the at least two QoS parameters sent by the second access network device as the first QoS parameter, which is relatively simple to implement.
  • the method further includes: the first access network device notifying the core network device of the first QoS parameter.
  • the first access network device may also notify the core network device of the determined first QoS parameter, so that the core network device side can respond to needs based on the first QoS parameter determined by the first access network device.
  • the transmitted data is adjusted so that the adjusted data meets the first QoS parameter determined by the first access network device.
  • a data transmission method is provided, which may be executed by a first access network device or a component used for the first access network device, and the component may be, for example, a chip.
  • the method includes: a first access network device determines a second QoS parameter according to a currently used first quality of service QoS parameter; the first access network device sends a second wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, and the second wireless The resource configuration is determined according to the second QoS parameter, and the second wireless resource configuration is used between the first access network device and the terminal device, or used for data exchange between the terminal device and the terminal device. transmission.
  • the second QoS parameter and the first QoS parameter belong to one PDU session.
  • the position of the second QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list is higher than the position of the first QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list.
  • a data transmission method may be executed by a terminal device or a component for the terminal device, and the component may be, for example, a chip.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives a first wireless resource configuration, the first wireless resource configuration is used between the terminal device and an access network device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device , The first wireless resource configuration is different from the second wireless resource configuration currently used by the terminal device; the terminal device processes the data packets in the buffer according to the second wireless resource configuration, and according to the first wireless resource configuration The resource configuration processes the newly received data packet; or the terminal device processes the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first wireless resource configuration.
  • the first radio resource configuration and the second radio resource configuration include the priority of the first logical channel
  • the terminal device is configured according to the first logical channel in the first radio resource configuration.
  • the priority of is higher than the priority of the first logical channel in the second wireless resource configuration, and it is determined that the data to be sent in the buffer corresponding to the first logical channel is equal to the arrival of new data.
  • the first wireless resource configuration includes a first discard timer parameter of the PDCP layer of the data convergence protocol
  • the second wireless resource configuration includes a second discard timer parameter
  • the terminal processes the data packet in the buffer according to the second discard timer parameter; the terminal device processes the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
  • the terminal device processes the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
  • the first radio resource configuration includes the number of first radio link control RLC retransmissions
  • the second radio resource configuration includes the second number of RLC retransmissions
  • the terminal device is based on Whether the second RLC retransmission times of the data packet is greater than the first RLC retransmission times is determined whether to retransmit the data packet.
  • a data transmission device in a fourth aspect, includes:
  • a determining module configured to determine the first QoS parameter according to at least two quality of service QoS parameters
  • a sending module configured to send a first wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, where the first wireless resource configuration is determined according to the first QoS parameter, and the first wireless resource configuration is for the first access network device And the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  • the first QoS parameter and the at least two QoS parameters belong to one protocol data unit PDU session.
  • the device further includes:
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a service bearer request message sent by a second access network device, where the service bearer request message carries the at least two QoS parameters, where the second access network device is the terminal device.
  • the source network device of the terminal device, the first access network device is the target network device of the terminal device.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to select one QoS parameter from the at least two QoS parameters as the first QoS parameter.
  • the sending module is further configured to notify the core network device of the first QoS parameter.
  • the data transmission apparatus of the fourth aspect may be the first access network device, or may be a component (for example, a chip or a circuit) that can be used for the first access network device.
  • a data transmission device in a fifth aspect, includes:
  • the determining module is configured to determine the second QoS parameter according to the currently used first quality of service QoS parameter
  • a sending module configured to send a second wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, where the second wireless resource configuration is determined according to the second QoS parameter, and the second wireless resource configuration is used for the first access network device And the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  • the second QoS parameter and the first QoS parameter belong to one PDU session.
  • the position of the second QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list is higher than the position of the first QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list.
  • the data transmission apparatus of the fifth aspect may be the first access network device, or may be a component (for example, a chip or a circuit) that can be used for the first access network device.
  • a data transmission device in a sixth aspect, includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a first wireless resource configuration, where the first wireless resource configuration is used between the terminal device and the access network device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device, The first wireless resource configuration is different from the second wireless resource configuration currently used by the terminal device;
  • the first processing module is configured to process the data packet in the buffer according to the second wireless resource configuration, and process the newly received data packet according to the first wireless resource configuration;
  • the second processing module is configured to process the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first wireless resource configuration.
  • the data transmission device in the sixth aspect may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) that can be used in a terminal device.
  • the first radio resource configuration and the second radio resource configuration include the priority of the first logical channel
  • the first processing module or the second processing module is specifically configured to: according to the priority of the first logical channel in the first wireless resource configuration, it is higher than the priority of the first logical channel in the second wireless resource configuration Priority, determining that the data to be sent in the buffer corresponding to the first logical channel is equal to the arrival of new data.
  • the first wireless resource configuration includes a first discard timer parameter of the PDCP layer of the data convergence protocol
  • the second wireless resource configuration includes a second discard timer parameter
  • the first processing module is specifically configured to: process the data packet in the buffer according to the second discard timer parameter; process the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
  • the second processing module is specifically configured to process the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
  • the first radio resource configuration includes the number of first radio link control RLC retransmissions
  • the second radio resource configuration includes the second number of RLC retransmissions
  • the second processing module is specifically configured to determine whether to retransmit the data packet according to whether the second RLC retransmission times of the data packet is greater than the first RLC retransmission times.
  • a communication processing device including: the communication processing device provided by the present application has the function of realizing the behavior of the first access network device in the foregoing method aspect, and includes being used to perform the steps or functions described in the foregoing method Corresponding parts (means).
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware (such as a circuit), or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • the communication processing device may be a chip or the like.
  • the foregoing communication processing apparatus includes one or more processors.
  • the one or more processors are configured to support the communication processing apparatus to perform the corresponding function of the first access network device in the above method.
  • the communication processing device may further include one or more memories, where the memory is configured to be coupled with the processor, and stores necessary program instructions and/or data of the communication processing device.
  • the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor. This application is not limited.
  • the memory may be a storage unit inside the processor, or an external storage unit independent of the processor, or a component including a storage unit inside the processor and an external storage unit independent of the processor.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading the software code stored in the memory, and the memory may Integrated in the processor, can be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
  • the communication processing apparatus may further include one or more communication units, and the communication unit may be a transceiver or a transceiver circuit.
  • the transceiver may also be an input/output circuit or interface.
  • the foregoing communication processing device includes a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver or the input/output circuit to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to run the computer program in the memory, so that the communication processing device executes the first aspect or any of the first aspects.
  • the method completed by the first access network device is caused to execute the method completed by the first access network device in the second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • a communication processing device in an eighth aspect, has the function of realizing the behavior of the terminal device in the above-mentioned method aspect, and it includes means for executing the steps or functions described in the above-mentioned method. ).
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware (such as a circuit), or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • the terminal device may be a chip or the like.
  • the foregoing communication processing apparatus includes one or more processors.
  • the one or more processors are configured to support the communication processing apparatus to perform the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the communication processing device may further include one or more memories, where the memory is configured to be coupled with the processor, and stores necessary program instructions and/or data of the communication processing device.
  • the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor. This application is not limited.
  • the memory may be a storage unit inside the processor, or an external storage unit independent of the processor, or a component including a storage unit inside the processor and an external storage unit independent of the processor.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading the software code stored in the memory, and the memory may Integrated in the processor, can be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
  • the communication processing apparatus may further include one or more communication units, and the communication unit may be a transceiver or a transceiver circuit.
  • the transceiver may also be an input/output circuit or interface.
  • the foregoing communication processing device includes a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver or the input/output circuit to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to run the computer program in the memory so that the communication processing device executes any of the third aspect or the third aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including a computer program, which when the computer program runs on a first access network device, causes the first access network device to execute the first aspect or the first aspect The method described in any one of the implementations. Or the first access network device is made to execute the method described in the second aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including a computer program, which when the computer program runs on a terminal device, causes the terminal device to execute the third aspect or any one of the implementation manners described in the third aspect method.
  • a computer program product is provided.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer
  • the computer executes the method described in the first aspect or any one of the first aspects.
  • the computer is made to execute the method described in the second aspect or any one of the second aspect implementation manners.
  • a computer program product is provided.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the method described in the third aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 200 applicable to the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication processing device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication processing device 60 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication processing device 70 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication processing device 80 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • LTE time division duplex LTE time division duplex
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G future 5th generation
  • NR new radio
  • the type of terminal equipment is not specifically limited.
  • it may be user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile Equipment, user terminal, wireless access network equipment, user agent or user device.
  • UE user equipment
  • access terminal user unit
  • user station mobile station
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote terminal
  • mobile Equipment user terminal
  • wireless access network equipment user agent or user device.
  • Terminals may include, but are not limited to, mobile stations (MS), mobile phones (mobile phones), user equipment (UE), mobile phones (handset), portable equipment (portable equipment), cellular phones, cordless phones, conversations Initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phones, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) stations, personal digital processing (personal digital assistant, PDA), and logistics use radio frequency identification (RFID) terminal equipment, Handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, Internet of Things, terminal devices in vehicle networks, and terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolution of public land mobile The terminal equipment in the network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network, etc.
  • MS mobile stations
  • UE user equipment
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the type of access network equipment is not specifically limited. It can be any equipment used to communicate with terminal equipment.
  • the access network equipment can be, for example, an evolution in a long term evolution (LTE) system.
  • Type base station evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB
  • it may also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario
  • the access network device may be, for example, a relay station, an access point, In-vehicle equipment, wearable equipment, and access network equipment in the future 5G network or access network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc.
  • the access network device provides services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the access network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell.
  • the cell may be a cell corresponding to an access network device (such as a base station).
  • the cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell.
  • the small cell here may include: Metro cell and micro cell. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a terminal device or an access network device.
  • the terminal device or an access network device can include a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an operating system layer Application layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems or windows operating systems.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the specific structure of the execution body of the data transmission method is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present application can be run to It is sufficient to communicate according to the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the data transmission in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or an access network device, or a terminal device or an access network device that can be called Program and execute the functional modules of the program.
  • various aspects or features of the embodiments of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 includes an access network device 102, and the access network device 102 may include multiple antenna groups.
  • Each antenna group may include multiple antennas.
  • one antenna group may include antennas 104 and 106, another antenna group may include antennas 106 and 110, and an additional group may include antennas 112 and 114.
  • Each antenna group in Fig. 1 shows 2 antennas, however, more or fewer antennas can be used for each group.
  • the access network device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they can each include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as processors, modulators, multiplexers). , Demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • the access network device 102 may communicate with multiple terminal devices (for example, the terminal device 116 and the terminal device 122). However, it is understood that the access network device 102 can communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to the terminal device 116 or 122.
  • the terminal devices 116 and 122 may be, for example, cellular phones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable devices for communicating on the wireless communication system 100. equipment.
  • the terminal device 116 communicates with antennas 112 and 114, where the antennas 112 and 114 send information to the terminal device 116 through the link 116 and receive information from the terminal device 116 through the link 120.
  • the terminal device 122 communicates with the antennas 104 and 106, where the antennas 104 and 106 send information to the terminal device 122 through the link 124, and receive information from the terminal device 122 through the link 126.
  • link 116 may use a different frequency band from that used by link 120, and link 124 may use a different frequency band from that used by link 126.
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • link 116 and link 120 may use a common frequency band
  • link 124 and link 126 may use a common frequency band.
  • Each set of antennas and/or areas designed for communication is referred to as a sector of the access network device 102.
  • the antenna group may be designed to communicate with terminal devices in a sector of the coverage area of the access network device 102.
  • the transmitting antenna of the access network device 102 can use beamforming to improve the signal-to-noise ratio of the links 116 and 124.
  • the access network device 102 uses beamforming to send signals to the terminal devices 116 and 122 that are randomly dispersed in the relevant coverage area, it is similar. Mobile devices in neighboring cells will experience less interference.
  • the access network device 102, the terminal device 116, or the terminal device 122 may be a wireless communication sending device and/or a wireless communication receiving device.
  • the wireless communication sending device can encode the data for transmission.
  • the wireless communication sending device may acquire (for example, generate, receive from other communication devices, or store in a memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be sent to the wireless communication receiving device through a channel.
  • Such data bits can be included in a transmission block (or multiple transmission blocks) of data, and the transmission block can be segmented to generate multiple code blocks.
  • the communication system 100 may be a public land mobile network PLMN network or a device-to-device (D2D) network or a machine-to-machine (M2M) network or other networks.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • Figure 1 is only an example for ease of understanding
  • the simplified schematic diagram of the network may also include other access network equipment, which is not shown in Figure 1.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the network may include a service source 210, a core network device 220, an access network device 230, and a terminal device 240.
  • the service source 210 When the service source 210 needs to initiate a service to the terminal device 240, it may initiate a service request to the core network device 220.
  • the core network device 220 may determine the QoS requirement of the service to be transmitted according to information such as the type of service and the initiator, and notify the access network device 230 of the QoS requirement.
  • the access network device 230 determines the QoS requirements that can be met based on the current network load and other factors, such as hardware processing capabilities and network architecture.
  • the access network device 230 may also configure wireless resource parameters for data transmission with the terminal device 240 according to the determined QoS requirements, and send the wireless resource parameter configuration to the terminal device 240.
  • the terminal device 240 can perform data transmission according to the wireless resource parameter configuration. For example, the service flow sent by the service source 210 is received.
  • the QoS requirements can be described through the following parameters.
  • Guaranteed bit rate (GBR)/non-GBR GBR refers to the minimum bit rate that the system guarantees to bear. Even when network resources are tight, the corresponding bit rate can be maintained. On the contrary, non-GBR means that under the condition of network congestion, the service (or bearer) needs to withstand the requirement of lowering the speed.
  • PDB represents the upper limit of the maximum transmission delay of each data packet by the access network device.
  • PER represents the transmission error probability of each data packet by the access network equipment.
  • the maximum amount of data transmitted in a period of time can be specified by the default maximum data burst parameter.
  • the default priority parameter indicates the relative priority of the service.
  • the access network device can determine the priority when allocating transmission resources according to this parameter.
  • the functions of the terminal device can be realized by hardware components inside the terminal device, and the hardware components may be the processor inside the terminal device. And/or programmable chips.
  • the chip may be implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD).
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the above-mentioned PLD can be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a generic array logic (GAL), and a system on a chip. , SOC) or any combination thereof.
  • the functions of the access network device may be implemented by hardware components inside the network device, and the hardware components may be a processor and/or a programmable chip inside the access network device.
  • the hardware components may be a processor and/or a programmable chip inside the access network device.
  • the core network device 220 can determine a QoS requirement of the service to be transmitted according to information such as the type of service and the initiator, and notify the access network device 230 of the QoS requirement.
  • the access network device 230 determines whether the QoS requirement can be met based on the current network load and other factors, such as hardware processing capabilities, network architecture, etc. If the access network device 230 can meet the QoS requirement, it can transmit data of the service. If the access network device 230 does not meet the QoS requirement, it may refuse to transmit the data of the service. In the above determination process of the QoS requirement, the access network device 230 has only two results: "accept” and "not accept".
  • the access network device can negotiate QoS requirements, determine a QoS parameter from at least two QoS parameters, and determine the corresponding wireless resource configuration according to the determined QoS parameter.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method shown in FIG. 3 may include steps 310-320, and steps 310-320 will be described in detail below.
  • Step 310 The first access network device determines the first QoS parameter according to the at least two quality of service QoS parameters.
  • the first access network device determines the first QoS parameter based on the at least two quality of service QoS parameters.
  • the first access network device selects from a list including at least two QoS parameters One as the first QoS parameter.
  • the first access network device determines a first QoS parameter according to at least two QoS parameters, and the first QoS parameter does not belong to the foregoing list including the at least two QoS parameters.
  • the specific implementation please refer to the description below, which will not be repeated here.
  • the at least two QoS parameters belong to the same PDU session (session).
  • Step 320 The first access network device sends a first wireless resource configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device may determine the corresponding first radio resource configuration according to the first QoS parameter, and send the determined first radio resource configuration to the terminal device.
  • the configuration of the first radio resource is not specifically limited.
  • the first wireless resource configuration may be used for data transmission between the first access network device and the terminal device.
  • the first wireless resource configuration may also be used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  • Fig. 4 is another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may include steps 410-480. Steps 405-480 will be described in detail below.
  • the source access network device in FIG. 4 may correspond to the second access network device described above, and the target access network device may correspond to the first access network device described above.
  • Step 410 The source access network device sends at least two QoS profiles to the target access network device.
  • step 405 is further included before step 410.
  • the source access network device can transmit data with the terminal device.
  • the source access network device can use mobility management algorithms for the terminal device according to different needs. Distribute different types of measurement tasks.
  • the terminal device can perform measurement according to the measurement task issued by the source access network device. If the terminal device finds that the measurement environment meets the event described in the measurement task, it can report to the source access network device through a measurement report.
  • step 406 is further included before step 410. In step 406, the terminal device may report a measurement report to the source access network device.
  • the source access network device After receiving the measurement report (measurement report) sent by the terminal device, the source access network device determines whether it needs to send a service bearer request message to the target access network device.
  • the source access network device is the source access network device in the terminal device handover process
  • the target access network device is the target access network device in the terminal device handover process.
  • a service migration scenario for example, a part of the service of a terminal device is migrated from a first access network device to a second access network device.
  • the first access network device may be referred to as the source access network device
  • the second access network device may be referred to as the source access network device.
  • the access network device may be referred to as the target access network device.
  • the service bearer request message may be a handover request message.
  • a switching scenario is taken as an example to describe the data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the source access network device may carry at least two QoS profiles in the service bearer request message sent to the target access network device.
  • the at least two QoS profiles may be all QoS profiles notified by the core network element authentication management function (AMF) to the source access network device, or may also be in the QoS profile notified by the AMF to the source access network device.
  • AMF core network element authentication management function
  • the at least two QoS profiles carried above may include the QoS profile used by the service flow/data flow transmitted between the source access network device and the terminal device, and may also include at least one backup QoS profile.
  • the QoS profile used by the source access network device may be one of the QoS profile list notified by the AMF, or it may not be one of the QoS profile list notified by the AMF, but the source access network device itself according to the QoS profile list notified by the AMF A generated QoS profile.
  • the source access network device if the QoS profile used by the source access network device is a QoS profile generated by itself, the source access network device also needs to carry this QoS profile in the service bearer request message for reference by the target access network device.
  • the source access network device may indicate to the target access network device in the service bearer request message that the QoS profile carried in the service bearer message is not obtained from AMF, but is a QoS generated by the source access network device itself. profile.
  • a slice function is introduced in the 5G network.
  • the slice is a functional module for core network device management, and the slice corresponds to the QoS profile.
  • the core network can learn the cells that can support the slice function.
  • the source access network device can also carry slice identification (slice ID) and other information in the above service bearer request message and send it to Target access network equipment.
  • Step 420 The target access network device determines the satisfied QoS profile according to at least two QoS profiles sent by the source access network device.
  • the source access network device may send a service bearer request message to the target access network device, and the service bearer request message carries at least two QoS profiles.
  • the target access network device After the target access network device receives the service bearer request message sent by the source access network device, it can store at least two QoS profiles carried in the service bearer request message, and determine the QoS profile that can be satisfied according to the at least two QoS profiles. For example, the target access network device can determine the QoS profile that can be satisfied based on the current network load and other factors, such as hardware processing capabilities and network architecture.
  • the target access network device selects a QoS profile that it can satisfy from at least two QoS profiles, and determines the corresponding radio resource configuration according to the QoS profile. Specifically, the target access network device judges whether its radio resources can satisfy these QoS profiles according to the order in the QoS profile list. If the previous QoS profile can be satisfied, select the previous one. If the previous QoS profile cannot be satisfied, the latter is selected.
  • the reason is to determine the need to reduce the quality of service corresponding to the QoS profile used by the source access network device.
  • the target access network device generates a QoS profile by itself according to at least two QoS profiles. Specifically, when the target access network device finds that the granularity of the QoS profile provided by the source access network device is too coarse, it can generate a QoS profile by itself.
  • the three QoS profiles listed in the above article are examples.
  • the target access network equipment can also satisfy a QoS profile between QoS profile A and QoS profile B, such as QoS profile A’.
  • the target access network device can generate a QoS profile by itself.
  • the QoS profile separately generated by the target access network device cannot be lower than the QoS profile of the last item in the QoS profile list provided by the source access network device. If the QoS profile list provided by the source access network device is not arranged in a certain order, the QoS profile separately generated by the target access network device cannot be lower than the QoS profile with the lowest service quality in the list.
  • only certain services can support the target access network device to separately generate a QoS profile. Whether it is supported, the source access network device can notify the target access network device.
  • only certain terminal devices can support the target access network device to separately generate a QoS profile. Whether it is supported, the source access network device can notify the target access network device.
  • Step 430 The target access network device sends the determined QoS profile to the source access network device.
  • the target access network device may send a handover preparation message to the source access network device, where the handover preparation message carries the QoS profile determined by the target access network device.
  • the source access network device may also not need to know what QoS profile the target access network device has selected to transmit the foregoing service flow/data flow.
  • the index number of the QoS profile B in the list can be sent to the source access network device.
  • the target access network device/source access network device can notify the AMF of the QoS profile determined by the target access network device.
  • Step 440 The source access network device sends the QoS profile determined by the target access network device to the AMF.
  • the source access network device can transfer the target access network device
  • the determined QoS profile is sent to AMF.
  • the AMF can learn the QoS profile used by the target access network device to transmit the foregoing service flow/data flow through the source access network device.
  • the source access network device only needs to select The information of the QoS profile, for example, the index number of the QoS profile in the list is reported to the AMF.
  • the target base station separately generates a QoS profile by itself, the source access network device needs to report the specific values of all the parameters of the generated QoS profile to the AMF.
  • specific parameters related to QoS profile please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 450 The target access network device notifies the AMF that the target access network device determines the QoS profile.
  • the target access network device may report the QoS profile to the AMF.
  • the QoS profile used by the target access network device to transmit the above service flow/data flow is a profile selected from the QoS profile list provided by the source access network device
  • the target access network device only needs to select The information of the predetermined QoS profile, for example, the index number of the QoS profile is reported to the AMF.
  • the target base station generates a QoS profile by itself, the target access network device needs to report the specific values of all parameters of the generated QoS profile to the AMF. For specific parameters related to QoS profile, please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
  • step 440 is used to notify the AMF that the target access network device determines the QoS profile
  • step 450 is used to notify the AMF that the target access network device determines the QoS profile. Either one of the above two steps is executed, whether step 440 or step 450 is specifically executed, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • step 450 can be performed first, and then step 430; or step 430 can be performed first, and then step 450; or, at the same time Step 430 and step 450 are performed, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the target access network device may first send the determined QoS profile to the source access network device, and then report the QoS profile determined by the target access network device to the AMF.
  • the target access network device may also first report the QoS profile determined by the target access network device to the AMF, and then send the determined QoS profile to the source access network device.
  • the target access network device can also send the determined QoS profile to the AMF and the source access network device at the same time.
  • Step 460 The source access network device sends a handover command to the terminal device.
  • the source access network device may send a handover command to the terminal device, and the embodiment of the application does not specifically limit the parameters included in the handover command.
  • the handover command may include the wireless resource parameter configuration determined by the target access network device for the selected QoS profile, so that the terminal device can configure the wireless resource parameters according to the target access network device, and the target access Network equipment for data transmission.
  • the handover command may include random access and other parameters. After the terminal device accesses the target access network device according to the random access parameters, it then sends the target access network device to the terminal device for the selected QoS
  • the wireless resource parameter configuration determined by the profile allows the terminal device to perform data transmission with the target access network device according to the wireless resource parameter configured by the target access network device.
  • radio resource parameters may include but are not limited to: PDCP layer parameters, RLC layer parameters, and MAC layer parameters.
  • the parameters of the PDCP layer may include discard timers, etc.
  • the parameters of the RLC layer may include the maximum number of RLC retransmissions, acknowledged mode (AM)/unacknowledged mode (UM). ), etc.
  • the parameters of the MAC layer may include the priority of the logical channel and so on.
  • Step 470 The source access network device initiates a path switch (path switch) process to the AMF.
  • step 470 is optional.
  • the source access network device can initiate a path switch process to the AMF to change the data channel from the source access network device to the target access network device. That is to say, through the path switch process, the data channel through which the AMF sends the above-mentioned service flow/data flow to the terminal device is replaced, and the data channel between the AMF and the source access network device is replaced with the one from the AMF to the target access network device.
  • Data channel between. AMF can transmit data with terminal equipment through the data channel with the target access network equipment.
  • the AMF may determine the QoS profile according to the target access network device reported in step 440 or step 450, and determine whether to process the service stream/data stream sent to the target access network device for transmission. For example, according to the QoS profile used by the target access network device to transmit the above service stream/data stream, determine whether the service stream/data stream needs to be tailored so that the tailored service stream/data stream can meet the usage of the target access network equipment The quality of service corresponding to the QoS profile. A detailed description will be given below in conjunction with specific examples.
  • the AMF may notify the user plane function (UPF) of the core network to reduce the rate of user data sent to the target access network device, thereby realizing the GBR service rate from 2Mbps to 1Mbps.
  • the AMF can notify the UPF to store user data in its own network element, and slowly transmit it to the target access network device over a longer period of time. In other words, reduce the rate at which UPF sends data to the target access network device, but do not discard the packet, and send it slowly. This will increase the storage time of the data packet. From the AMF to the target access network device, it increases the data. The transmission delay of the packet.
  • UPF user plane function
  • the target access network device After the target access network device receives the data packet sent by the UPF, it needs to transmit to the terminal device through the air interface.
  • the AMF notifies the UPF to reduce the amount of user data sent to the target access network device, so that the GBR service rate is changed from 2 Mbps to 1 Mbps.
  • AMF can notify UPF of data packets that need to be sent to the target access network device through the air interface, and send the data packets that need to be sent to the target access network device through the air interface to the target access network device. Data packets sent by the air interface to the target access network device are not sent to the target access network device.
  • the target access network device After the target access network device receives the data packet sent by the UPF, it needs to transmit to the terminal device through the air interface.
  • the target access network device reduces the amount of user data sent to the terminal device.
  • the AMF does not reduce the rate of user data sent to the target access network device.
  • the target access network device determines the data packet that needs to be sent to the terminal device through the air interface according to certain rules. Data packets that need to be sent over the air interface can be sent to the terminal device, and data packets that do not need to be sent over the air interface are not sent to the terminal device.
  • Step 480 The terminal device accesses the cell of the target access network device, and transmits the service according to the determined QoS profile through the cell of the target access network device.
  • the terminal device accesses the cell of the target access network device, and performs data transmission through the QoS profile determined by the target access network device in step 420 to transmit the foregoing service flow/data flow.
  • the target access network device will switch the terminal device When reaching the cell under the second target access network device, it only needs to provide the second target access network device with its stored QoS profile list, that is, in step 410, the source access network device sends at least two items to the target access network device.
  • This QoS profile is sufficient, and there is no need to provide a separately generated QoS profile A'to the second target access network device.
  • the QoS profile A'generated by the target access network device itself is not obtained from the AMF, that is, the QoS profile A'is not included in the QoS profile list notified by the AMF.
  • the source access network device can send at least one QoS profile to the target access network device, and the target access network device can determine a QoS profile from the at least one QoS profile.
  • the QoS profile reduces the QoS service quality of a certain service flow/data flow of the terminal device.
  • FIG. 5 is another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may include steps 510-580, and steps 505-580 will be described in detail below.
  • Step 510 The source access network device sends at least two QoS profiles to the target access network device.
  • step 505 is further included before step 510.
  • the source access network device can transmit data with the terminal device.
  • step 506 is further included before step 510.
  • the terminal device can Report a measurement report to the source access network device.
  • the source access network device After receiving the measurement report (measurement report) sent by the terminal device, the source access network device determines whether it needs to send a service bearer request message to the target access network device.
  • the service bearer request message carries at least two QoS profiles.
  • the at least two QoS profiles may be all the QoS profiles notified by the AMF to the source access network device, or may also be part of the QoS profiles notified by the AMF to the source access network device, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application . For details, please refer to the description in step 410, which will not be repeated here.
  • the three possible QoS profiles carried in a possible service bearer request message are as follows.
  • Step 520 The target access network device determines the satisfied QoS profile according to at least two QoS profiles sent by the source access network device.
  • the target access network device can determine the QoS profile that can be satisfied based on the current network load and other factors, such as hardware processing capabilities and network architecture. There are multiple specific implementation modes. In one possible implementation mode, the target access network device selects a QoS profile that it can satisfy from at least two QoS profiles. In another possible implementation manner, the target access network device generates a QoS profile by itself based on at least two QoS profiles. For details, please refer to the description in step 410, which will not be repeated here.
  • the level of the QoS profile used by the source access network equipment can be determined.
  • Step 530 The target access network device sends the determined QoS profile to the source access network device.
  • step 430 please refer to the description in step 430 for details, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 540 The source access network device sends the QoS profile determined by the target access network device to the AMF.
  • step 440 please refer to the description in step 440 for details, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 550 The target access network device notifies the AMF that the target access network device determines the QoS profile.
  • step 450 Corresponds to step 450.
  • step 450 Corresponds to step 450.
  • Step 560 The source access network device sends a handover command to the terminal device.
  • step 460 please refer to the description in step 460 for details, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 570 The source access network device initiates a path switch (path switch) process to the AMF.
  • step 570 please refer to the description in step 570 for details, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 580 The terminal device accesses the cell of the target access network device, and transmits the service according to the determined QoS profile through the cell of the target access network device.
  • step 580 Corresponds to step 580. For details, please refer to the description in step 580, which will not be repeated here.
  • the source access network device can send at least one QoS profile to the target access network device, and the target access network device can determine a QoS profile from the at least one QoS profile.
  • the QoS profile is relative to the source access network device.
  • the QoS profile used by the device during data transmission can improve the QoS service quality of a certain service flow/data flow of the terminal device.
  • Fig. 6 is another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may include steps 610-650, and steps 610-650 will be described in detail below.
  • Step 610 The access network device uses the first QoS profile to perform service flow/data flow transmission with the terminal device.
  • Step 620 The access network device changes the QoS profile used to transmit the service flow/data flow between the terminal device and the terminal device to the second QoS profile.
  • the access network device generates a QoS profile by itself according to the QoS profile list obtained from the AMF. Specifically, when the access network device finds that the granularity of the QoS profile provided by the AMF is too coarse, it can generate a QoS profile by itself.
  • the three QoS profiles listed in the above article are examples. When the access network device finds that the air interface conditions become better, the current network load becomes smaller, etc., it can generate a QoS profile that meets the current conditions.
  • the QoS profile separately generated by the target access network device has a bottom line, that is, it cannot be lower than the QoS profile of the last item in the QoS profile list provided by the source access network device. If the QoS profile list provided by the source access network device is not arranged in a certain order, the QoS profile separately generated by the target access network device cannot be lower than the QoS profile with the lowest service quality in the list.
  • Step 630 The access network device sends its changed second QoS profile to the AMF.
  • the access network device when it finds that it can improve the quality of service during data transmission, it can send a QoS resume request message to the AMF, and the QoS resume request message can indicate the second QoS profile after the access network device is replaced.
  • the access network device can send the QoS profile A'parameters, which can include but are not limited to: GBR, PDB, PER, etc., to the AMF.
  • the access network device may also only indicate to the AMF to increase the QoS, without indicating the specific QoS profile to the AMF.
  • the AMF determines the specific QoS profile according to the need to increase the QoS indicated by the access network device.
  • AMF is required Cancel or modify the tailoring of user data.
  • the AMF accepts the QoS profile A after the replacement of the access network device, it can indicate to the access network device that it agrees to the second QoS profile. If the AMF does not accept the QoS profile A after the replacement of the access network device, it can indicate its negative opinion to the access network device, and the access network device will re-select a second QoS profile and notify the AMF.
  • Step 640 The access network device sends wireless resource parameters to the terminal device.
  • the access network device can generate the corresponding radio resource parameter configuration according to the updated second QoS profile.
  • the wireless resource parameter configuration can be sent to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can perform data transmission with the access network device according to the wireless resource parameter configuration.
  • the access network device may send the radio resource parameter configuration corresponding to the second QoS profile to the terminal device through an RRC reconfiguration (RRC reconfiguration) message.
  • RRC reconfiguration RRC reconfiguration
  • Step 650 The terminal device performs data transmission with the access network device according to the wireless resource parameter configuration.
  • FIG. 7 is another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may include steps 710-750, and steps 710-750 will be described in detail below.
  • Step 710 The QoS profile used by the access network device to transmit the service flow/data flow between the access network device and the terminal device is the first QoS profile.
  • Step 720 The access network device replaces the QoS profile used to transmit the service flow/data flow with the terminal device to the second QoS profile.
  • the QoS profile B used by the access network equipment in step 710 can be replaced to reduce the access The level of the QoS profile used by the networked device.
  • the access network device selects a QoS profile that it can satisfy from the QoS profile list obtained from AMF as the second QoS profile.
  • the access network device generates a QoS profile by itself according to the QoS profile list obtained from the AMF.
  • This method corresponds to the method in step 620.
  • Step 730 The access network device sends its changed second QoS profile to the AMF.
  • step 630 please refer to the description in step 630 for details, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 640 The access network device sends wireless resource parameters to the terminal device.
  • step 640 Corresponds to step 640. For details, please refer to the description in step 640, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 650 The terminal device performs data transmission with the access network device according to the wireless resource parameter configuration.
  • step 650 It corresponds to step 650.
  • step 650 For details, please refer to the description in step 650, which will not be repeated here.
  • the access network device can determine the QoS profile that can be satisfied based on the current network load and other factors, such as hardware processing capabilities, network architecture, etc., and determine the corresponding radio resource parameters based on the QoS profile.
  • the wireless resource parameter can be sent to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can perform data transmission according to the wireless resource parameter sent by the access network device.
  • the terminal device if the currently used radio resource parameter is the second radio resource parameter, the new radio resource parameter issued by the access network device is the first radio resource parameter, and the first radio resource parameter is the same as the terminal device.
  • the second radio resource parameters used are different, please refer to the description in the following embodiment for the specific behavior of the terminal device.
  • the radio resource parameter is a discard timer used by the PDCP layer of the packet data convergence layer protocol as an example.
  • the discard timer used by the PDCP layer is related to the PDB parameters in the QoS profile. If the PDB becomes larger, the discard timer used by the corresponding PDCP layer becomes larger. On the contrary, if the PDB becomes smaller, the discard timer used by the corresponding PDCP layer becomes smaller.
  • the second wireless resource parameter currently used by the terminal device is the second discard timer
  • the first wireless resource parameter newly received by the terminal device is the first discard timer as an example for description.
  • the discard timer used by the PDCP layer may be a timeout timer, and the discard timer starts to count when the data packet reaches the PDCP layer of the sender.
  • the discard timer starts to count when the data packet reaches the PDCP layer of the sender.
  • the sender is the terminal device side. If during the downlink data transmission process, the sender is the access network device side.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the wireless resource parameter of the information, for example, the first wireless resource parameter.
  • the terminal device determines that the first discard timer included in the first radio resource parameter is different from the second discard timer currently in use.
  • There are many specific processing methods for the terminal device which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device continues to run according to the second discard timer currently in use.
  • the newly received data packet can be processed according to the first discard timer.
  • the terminal device processes the data packets in the PDCP buffer and the newly received data packets according to the first discard timer.
  • the value of the first discard timer is greater than the value of the second discard timer
  • all the data in the PDCP cache and the data that the discard timer is running are all increased by ⁇ , that is, according to the first discard The value of timer is processed.
  • represents the difference between the value of the first discard timer and the value of the second discard timer.
  • all data in the PDCP cache is increased by ⁇ , that is, processed according to the value of the first discard timer, and the running data of the discard timer remains unchanged, that is, processed according to the value of the second discard timer.
  • the protocol it may be stipulated by the protocol, or may also be indicated in the RRC reconfiguration message sent by the access network device to the terminal device.
  • all data in the PDCP cache and the data that the discard timer is running can be processed according to the value of the first discard timer. For example, delete the above data, or not delete it.
  • the radio resource parameter is the maximum number of RLC retransmissions used by the RLC layer as an example.
  • the access network device configures the maximum number of RLC retransmissions of the data packet through the RRC signaling sent to the terminal device. If an uplink data packet reaches the maximum number of RLC retransmissions, the terminal device can consider that the radio link transmission has failed.
  • the maximum number of RLC retransmissions is related to the PER parameter in the QoS profile. If the PER becomes lower, the corresponding PDB becomes longer, and the access network equipment can achieve this by increasing the maximum number of RLC retransmissions. In other words, if the data is transmitted several times through the RLC layer, the PDB increases and the PER decreases. On the contrary, if the PER becomes higher, the corresponding PDB becomes shorter, and the access network device can reduce the maximum number of RLC retransmissions. In other words, the data is retransmitted several times less through the RLC layer, the PDB is reduced and the PER is increased.
  • the second radio resource parameter currently used by the terminal device is the second maximum number of RLC retransmissions
  • the first radio resource parameter newly received by the terminal device is the first maximum number of RLC retransmissions as an example for description.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the newly received maximum number of retransmissions of the first RLC is greater than the maximum number of retransmissions of the second RLC, so as to determine whether to retransmit the data packet.
  • the terminal device may continue to retransmit the data packet until the number of retransmissions reaches the first.
  • the maximum number of RLC retransmissions will be considered a wireless link transmission failure.
  • the terminal device does not retransmit the data packet if the maximum number of retransmissions of the first RLC of a data packet is less than the maximum number of retransmissions of the second RLC.
  • the terminal device does not trigger the wireless link transmission failure for the data packet. That is to say, if a certain data packet reaches the maximum number of RLC retransmissions due to the change of the maximum number of RLC retransmissions, it will not be processed as the traditional "RLC reaches the maximum number of retransmissions".
  • whether the terminal device triggers a wireless link transmission failure for the data packet can be configured by the access network device.
  • the sender is the terminal device side. If during the downlink data transmission process, the sender is the access network device side.
  • the above description is based on an example of a terminal device's transmission process for uplink data.
  • the transmitted downlink data packet reaches the maximum number of RLC retransmissions due to the change in the maximum number of RLC retransmissions, it does not follow the traditional "RLC reaches the maximum number of retransmissions" "deal with.
  • the above is an example of data transmission between the terminal device and the access network device through the air interface.
  • the foregoing method in the embodiment of the present application may also be applicable to data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device through the air interface, and the maximum number of RLC retransmissions may be changed, and processing may also be performed according to the foregoing method.
  • processing may also be performed according to the foregoing method.
  • the radio resource parameters may also include related timer parameters of the RLC layer.
  • the terminal device may not immediately change the currently running timing The behavior of the device is still processed according to the old parameters. If the timer expires, the next time it is restarted, it will be started according to the parameter of the relevant timer in the newly received first radio resource parameter.
  • the above-mentioned related timer parameters may include, but are not limited to: poll retransmission (t_PollRetransmit), reassembly (T-Reassembly), and prohibition status (T-statusprohibit).
  • t_Poll Retransmit is a timer parameter of the sender, which can avoid excessively frequently requesting data receivers to send RLC status reports to ensure normal reception/transmission of other data.
  • the sender of data starts a timer after sending a certain poll. If the RLC status report sent by the receiver is not received after the timer expires, the sender can trigger another poll.
  • T-Reassembly is a timer parameter of the receiver.
  • the data receiver starts a timer for an unreceived data packet or a data packet that has not received all the segments. If the timer expires, the data is received The party no longer waits to receive data packets.
  • T-statusprohibit belongs to the parameter of the receiver's prohibition timer. It controls the interval at which the data receiver sends the RLC status report. It does not send the RLC status report during the timer operation, which can avoid the receiver from frequently sending the RLC status report.
  • the data receiver starts the timer after sending an RLC status report. During the running of the timer, no RLC status report is sent to the data sender.
  • the radio resource parameters may also include other related threshold parameters of the RLC layer, and the related threshold parameters may include, but are not limited to: Poll PDU, Poll Byte.
  • Poll PDU is a parameter maintained by the sender of the data, and represents the threshold for triggering polling. If the sent data packet reaches the threshold, poll is triggered.
  • Poll Byte is a parameter maintained by the sender of the data. If the byte count of the sent data packet reaches the threshold, poll is triggered.
  • the data sender is the terminal device side
  • the data receiver is the core network side.
  • the terminal device has multiple processing methods. In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device first operates according to the old threshold parameter in the currently operating second radio resource parameter, and waits until the threshold is accumulated, and then poll is triggered. When the accumulation is restarted, it starts to use the new threshold parameter value in the first wireless resource parameter newly received. In another possible implementation, the new threshold parameter value in the newly received first radio resource parameter is currently used. At this time, if the current cumulative number of PDUs is already greater than the newly configured pollPDU, or the current cumulative The number of BYTE is greater than the newly configured pollByte, and poll can be triggered.
  • the radio resource parameters may also include RLC mode changes.
  • the RLC mode may include an acknowledged mode (AM) and an unacknowledged mode (UM).
  • AM acknowledged mode
  • UM unacknowledged mode
  • the UM mode means that the sender of the data sends the data but does not guarantee delivery to the corresponding receiver, and the retransmission protocol is not used.
  • the receiver marks the received erroneous data as an error and submits it, or directly discards it and reports it to the higher level.
  • AM mode means that the sender of the data sends the data and guarantees the delivery to the corresponding receiver, and uses the retransmission protocol.
  • the receiver notifies the sender of the received error data to perform RLC retransmission.
  • the RLC mode in the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is AM
  • the RLC mode in the newly received first radio resource parameter is UM.
  • the RLC SN is allocated to the packet that needs to be segmented. No longer retransmit the previously transmitted data packet, no longer send poll, clear t_PollRetransmit, PollPDU and PollByte, and no longer use it.
  • the RLC status report is no longer sent to the data sender, the T-Status prohibit is cleared, and it is no longer used.
  • the RLC mode in the newly received first radio resource parameter is AM.
  • the RLC SN is allocated, and the RLC SN continues to be allocated on the basis of the currently allocated value.
  • pollPDU and pollByte start counting. If the count reaches the threshold, poll is sent to urge the receiver to send an RLC status report.
  • pollPDU and pollByte start counting. If the count reaches the threshold, poll is sent to urge the receiver to send an RLC status report.
  • pollPDU and pollByte start counting. If the count reaches the threshold, poll is sent to urge the receiver to send an RLC status report.
  • pollPDU and pollByte start counting. If the count reaches the threshold, poll is sent to urge the receiver to send an RLC status report.
  • the data receiver it starts to record whether each packet is received for use when generating the RLC status report.
  • the sender needs to notify the receiver of the data that it needs to provide RLC retransmission data packets.
  • the sender For example, during the current transmission process, the sender’s 48 and 49 data packets are being retransmitted at the bottom layer, and the sender starts with the 50 data packet and records the status report sent by the receiver, that is, the sender can support The RLC retransmission of the 50th data packet does not support the RLC retransmission of the 48th and 49th data packets.
  • the sender informs the receiver that it can provide RLC retransmission service from the 50th data packet, and when the receiver generates the RLC status report, it starts counting from the 50th data packet.
  • the data transmission between the terminal device and the access network device through the air interface is taken as an example.
  • the sender of the data is the terminal device side
  • the receiver of the data is the access network device side.
  • the sender of the data is the side of the access network device, and the receiver of the data is the side of the terminal device.
  • the above is an example of data transmission between the terminal device and the access network device through the air interface.
  • the foregoing method in the embodiment of the present application may also be applicable to data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device through the air interface, and the change of the threshold parameter of the RLC layer related timer may also be processed according to the foregoing method.
  • the change of the threshold parameter of the RLC layer related timer may also be processed according to the foregoing method.
  • the wireless resource parameter as the MAC layer parameter as an example.
  • the MAC layer parameter is priority
  • the priority parameter is used to indicate the priority of the logical channel.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device establishes a connection with the access network device, when the terminal device needs to send uplink data to the access network device, it must have uplink resources. If there is no uplink resource, the terminal device needs to first apply for the uplink resource from the access network device. In the process of a terminal device applying for an uplink resource from an access network device, it needs to report a buffer status report (BSR) to the access network device so that the access network device can schedule appropriate uplink resources for the terminal device. Specifically, if the priority of the data newly arriving at the access layer of the terminal device is higher than the priority of all data already in the buffer of the terminal device, the terminal device may trigger the BSR.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the terminal device currently has data buffered in three logical channels.
  • the logical channel A has 100 Bytes buffered, and its priority is 4.
  • the priority of the logical channel A in the first wireless resource parameter newly received by the terminal device is 1, it is equivalent to that the priority of the logical channel A is increased in the first wireless resource parameter newly received by the terminal device.
  • This situation is equivalent to the arrival of 100 Bytes of new data in logical channel A, and it can also be understood that the terminal device receives 100 Bytes of new data with a priority of 1 from the upper layer.
  • the terminal device is BSR or not, there are several possible methods as follows.
  • the terminal device triggers the BSR.
  • the type of the triggered BSR is a regular BSR.
  • the access network device knows the priority change of the above logical channel A data, that is, the access network device knows that the terminal device has 100 bytes of data with a priority of 1 after the QoS configuration is updated, and the terminal device does not Trigger the BSR.
  • whether the terminal device triggers the BSR is configured by the access network device. If the access network device is configured to trigger the BSR, the terminal device triggers the BSR. If the access network device is not configured to trigger the BSR, the terminal device does not trigger the BSR.
  • the terminal device does not need to trigger the BSR. In another possible implementation manner, if 100 Bytes of data in logical channel A has been reported to the access network device through the previous BSR, the terminal device does not need to trigger the BSR. In another possible implementation manner, if 100 Bytes of data in logical channel A is not reported to the access network device through the previous BSR, the terminal device needs to trigger the BSR.
  • the MAC layer parameter is a priority bit rate (prioritised bit rate, PBR).
  • PBR priority bit rate
  • the terminal device maintains a variable Bj for each logical channel j, which indicates the number of tokens currently available in the token bucket, and each token corresponds to 1 Byte of data.
  • the PBR parameter represents the number of tokens added each time Bj is increased. If the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is the first PBR, the newly received first radio resource parameter is the second PBR. For the PBR parameter changed from the first PBR to the second PBR, the terminal device will increase Bj according to the second PBR from the next time.
  • the MAC layer parameter is bucket size duration (BSD).
  • BSD determines the "depth" of the token bucket, and together with PBR determines the maximum capacity of the token bucket (PBR*BSD). It should be understood that the maximum capacity of the token bucket limits the total amount of data that can be pending (pending, that is, cached in the buffer) for each logical channel, and the value of Bj cannot exceed the maximum capacity of the token bucket. If the number of tokens reaches the capacity of the token bucket, the capacity of the token bucket is not increased. If the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is the first BSD, the newly received first radio resource parameter is the second BSD. For the BSD parameter changed from the first BSD to the second BSD, the terminal device can determine the maximum capacity of the token bucket according to the second BSD, thereby determining whether to increase Bj.
  • the MAC layer parameter is a logical channel group (LCG).
  • LCG logical channel group
  • This LCG is used to group the data to be transmitted when reporting the BSR. If the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is the first LCG, and the newly received first radio resource parameter is the second LCG, the terminal device can perform data to be transmitted according to the second LCG from the next BSR report. Grouping.
  • the MAC layer parameter is a bit rate query prohibit timer. This parameter is used to configure the minimum time for requesting the bit rate. If the bit rate query prohibit timer in the second wireless resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is different from the bit rate query prohibit timer in the newly received first wireless resource parameter, the terminal device can prohibit the bit rate query from the next bit rate query. query) Start to use the bit rate query prohibit timer in the newly received first radio resource parameter.
  • the MAC layer parameter is scheduling request identification (scheduling request identification, SR ID)/logical channel SR-mask/logical channel SR-delay timer applied.
  • SR ID scheduling request identification
  • SR-mask logical channel SR-delay timer applied.
  • the above-mentioned parameters are used to configure the correspondence between SR resources and logical channels. If the above-mentioned parameter in the second radio resource parameter currently operating by the terminal device is different from the above-mentioned parameter in the newly received first radio resource parameter, the terminal device can start from the next SR triggering, according to the newly received first radio resource parameter.
  • the above-mentioned parameters in the resource parameters determine the resource location sent by the SR.
  • the MAC layer parameter is allowed serving cells/allowed SCS-list/max PUSCH-duration/configuraed grant type1 allowed.
  • the above-mentioned parameters are used to limit the radio resources used for radio resource transmission of the data to be transmitted. If the above-mentioned parameter in the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is different from the above-mentioned parameter in the newly received first radio resource parameter, the terminal device can start from the next link control protocol (LCP) process Initially, the above-mentioned parameters in the newly received first radio resource parameters are used to determine which logical channel (logical channel, LCH) data can be transmitted.
  • LCP link control protocol
  • the above method can be applied to data transmission between a terminal device and an access network device through an air interface, and can also be applied to data transmission between a terminal device and a terminal device through an air interface.
  • the change of the relevant parameters of the MAC layer can be processed according to the above-mentioned method.
  • the terminal device or the access network device may perform some or all of the steps in the above-mentioned embodiments, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other operations or various operation variations.
  • each step may be executed in a different order presented in the foregoing embodiment, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the foregoing embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the data transmission apparatus 800 may be a first core network device, or a component that can be used for the first core network device, and the component may include a chip for the first core network device.
  • the data transmission device 800 may include:
  • the determining module 810 is configured to determine the first QoS parameter according to at least two quality of service QoS parameters
  • the sending module 820 is configured to send a first wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, where the first wireless resource configuration is determined according to the first QoS parameter, and the first wireless resource configuration is used for the first access network Between the device and the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  • the first QoS parameter and the at least two QoS parameters belong to one protocol data unit PDU session.
  • the device 800 further includes:
  • the receiving module 830 is configured to receive a service bearer request message sent by a second access network device, where the service bearer request message carries the at least two QoS parameters, where the second access network device is the terminal The source network device of the device, and the first access network device is the target network device of the terminal device.
  • the determining module 810 is specifically configured to select one QoS parameter from the at least two QoS parameters as the first QoS parameter.
  • the sending module 820 is further configured to notify the core network device of the first QoS parameter.
  • the data transmission apparatus 800 may be a first access network device, or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit) that can be used for the first access network device.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. It is understandable that the data transmission apparatus 900 may be a first core network device, or a component that can be used for the first core network device, and the component may include a chip for the first core network device.
  • the data transmission device 900 may include:
  • the determining module 910 is configured to determine the second QoS parameter according to the currently used first quality of service QoS parameter
  • the sending module 920 is configured to send a second wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, the second wireless resource configuration is determined according to the second QoS parameter, and the second wireless resource configuration is used for the first access network Between the device and the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  • the second QoS parameter and the first QoS parameter belong to one PDU session.
  • the position of the second QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list is higher than the position of the first QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the data transmission apparatus 1000 may be a terminal device, or a component that can be used in a terminal device, and the component may include a chip used in the terminal device.
  • the data transmission device 1000 may include:
  • the receiving module 1010 is configured to receive a first wireless resource configuration, where the first wireless resource configuration is used between the terminal device and the access network device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device , The first wireless resource configuration is different from the second wireless resource configuration currently used by the terminal device;
  • the first processing module 1020 is configured to process data packets in the buffer according to the second wireless resource configuration, and process newly received data packets according to the first wireless resource configuration;
  • the second processing module 1030 is configured to process data packets in the buffer and newly received data packets according to the first wireless resource configuration.
  • the first radio resource configuration and the second radio resource configuration include the priority of the first logical channel
  • the first processing module 1020 or the second processing module 1030 is specifically configured to:
  • the priority of the first logical channel in the first wireless resource configuration is higher than the priority of the first logical channel in the second wireless resource configuration, and it is determined that the data to be sent in the buffer corresponding to the first logical channel is equal As new data arrives.
  • the first wireless resource configuration includes a first discard timer parameter of the PDCP layer of the data convergence protocol
  • the second wireless resource configuration includes a second discard timer parameter
  • the first processing module 1020 is specifically configured to: process the data packet in the buffer according to the second discard timer parameter; and process the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
  • the second processing module 1030 is specifically configured to process the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
  • the first radio resource configuration includes the number of first radio link control RLC retransmissions
  • the second radio resource configuration includes the second number of RLC retransmissions
  • the second processing module 1030 is specifically configured to determine whether to retransmit the data packet according to whether the second RLC retransmission times of the data packet is greater than the first RLC retransmission times.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication processing device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication processing device 50 may be applicable to the system shown in one or more of FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication processing apparatus 50 may be, for example, a terminal device, or a component that can be used in a terminal device, and the component may include a chip used in the terminal device.
  • FIG. 11 only shows the main components of the communication processing device 50.
  • the communication processing device 50 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication processing device 50, execute software programs, and process the data of the software programs, for example, to support the communication processing device 50 to execute the method described in the above method embodiments.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the memory, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor.
  • the processor converts the baseband signal into data and performs processing on the data. deal with.
  • FIG. 11 only shows one memory and one processor.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be a storage element on the same chip as the processor, that is, an on-chip storage element, or an independent storage element, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication processing device 50 may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to process the entire terminal equipment. Perform control, execute software programs, and process data in software programs.
  • the processor in FIG. 11 can integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the communication processing device 50 may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the communication processing device 50 may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the communication processing device 50 may Connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the memory in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 501 of the communication processing device 50, for example, to support the communication processing device 50 to perform the receiving function and the transmitting function.
  • the processor 502 having a processing function is regarded as the processing unit 502 of the communication processing device 50.
  • the communication processing device 50 includes a transceiving unit 501 and a processing unit 502.
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 501 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 501 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 501 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, an input port, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the processor 502 may be used to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver unit 501 to receive signals and/or send signals, so as to complete the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor 502 also includes an interface for realizing signal input/output functions.
  • the function of the transceiving unit 501 may be implemented by a transceiving circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiving.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication processing device 60 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication processing device 60 includes a processor 601 and a transceiver 602.
  • the communication processing apparatus 600 further includes a memory 603.
  • the processor 601, the transceiver 602, and the memory 603 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transfer control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 603 is used for storing computer programs, and the processor 601 is used for downloading from the memory 603. Call and run the computer program to control the transceiver 602 to send and receive signals.
  • the terminal device 600 may further include an antenna 604 for transmitting the signaling output by the transceiver 602 through a wireless signal.
  • the communication processing apparatus 60 may be, for example, a terminal device, or a component that can be used in a terminal device, and the component may include a chip used in the terminal device.
  • the foregoing processor 601 and the memory 603 may be combined into one processing device, and the processor 601 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 603 to implement the foregoing functions.
  • the memory 603 may also be integrated in the processor 601 or independent of the processor 601.
  • the communication processing device 60 may correspond to each embodiment of the method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the units in the communication processing device 60 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding procedures in the various embodiments of the method.
  • the above-mentioned processor 601 may be used to perform the actions implemented by the terminal device described in the foregoing method embodiments, and the transceiver 602 may be used to perform the actions of sending or receiving by the terminal device described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver 602 may be used to perform the actions of sending or receiving by the terminal device described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned communication processing device 60 may further include a power supply 605 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the communication processing device 60.
  • the communication processing device 60 may also include one or more of an input unit 606, a display unit 607, an audio circuit 608, a camera 609, and a sensor 66.
  • the audio circuit may also include a speaker 6082, a microphone 6084, and so on.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication processing apparatus 70 provided by an embodiment of the present application, for example, it may be a schematic structural diagram of a base station.
  • the communication processing apparatus 70 may be, for example, an access network device, or a component that can be used for the access network device, and the component may include a chip for the access network device.
  • the base station can be applied to the system shown in one or more of Fig. 1 or Fig. 2. Perform the function performed by the first access network device or the component used for the first access network device, or the source access network device or the component used for the source access network device in the above method embodiment, or the target access network device Or used for the functions performed by the components of the target access network equipment.
  • the communication processing device 70 may include one or more DU 701 and one or more CU 702.
  • CU702 can communicate with NGcore (Next Generation Core Network, NC)).
  • the DU 701 may include at least one radio frequency unit 7012, at least one processor 7013, and at least one memory 7014.
  • the DU701 may further include at least one antenna 7011.
  • the DU 701 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals, the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and part of baseband processing.
  • the CU702 may include at least one processor 7022 and at least one memory 7021.
  • CU702 and DU701 can communicate through interfaces, where the control plan interface can be Fs-C, such as F1-C, and the user plan interface can be Fs-U, such as F1-U.
  • the CU 702 part is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on.
  • the DU 701 and the CU 702 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the CU 702 is the control center of the base station, which may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete the baseband processing function.
  • the CU 702 may be used to control the base station to execute the first access network device or the component used for the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiments, or the source access network device or the source access network device.
  • the baseband processing on the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network, for example, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and the functions of the above protocol layers are set in the CU, the protocol layer below PDCP, For example, functions such as the radio link control (RLC) layer and the media access control (media access control, MAC) layer are set in the DU.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • CU implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions
  • DU implements radio link control (radio link control, RLC), medium access Control (medium access control, MAC) and physical (physical, PHY) layer functions.
  • the communication processing device 70 may include one or more antennas, one or more radio frequency units, one or more DUs, and one or more CUs.
  • the DU may include at least one processor and at least one memory, at least one antenna and at least one radio frequency unit may be integrated in one antenna device, and the CU may include at least one processor and at least one memory.
  • the CU702 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network (such as a 5G network) with a single access indication, or can respectively support wireless access networks of different access standards.
  • Access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the memory 7021 and the processor 7022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the DU701 can be composed of one or more single boards.
  • Multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network with a single access indication (such as a 5G network), and can also support wireless access networks with different access standards (such as LTE network, 5G network or other network).
  • the memory 7014 and the processor 7013 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication processing device 80 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication processing device 80 may be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiment, and reference may be made to the description in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication processing device 80 may be a chip, an access network device (such as a base station), or a terminal device.
  • the communication processing device 80 includes one or more processors 801.
  • the processor 801 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processor can be used to control devices (such as base stations, terminals, or chips, etc.), execute software programs, and process software program data.
  • the device may include a transceiving unit to implement signal input (reception) and output (transmission).
  • the device may be a chip, and the transceiver unit may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used for terminal equipment or access network equipment (such as a base station).
  • the device may be a terminal device or an access network device (such as a base station), and the transceiver unit may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication processing device 80 includes one or more of the processors 801, and the one or more processors 801 can implement the terminal equipment shown in one or more of FIGS. 3-7, or the first access The method implemented by the network device.
  • the processor 801 may implement other functions in addition to implementing the methods in one or more of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • the processor 801 may also include an instruction 803, which may be executed on the processor, so that the communication processing device 80 executes the method described in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication processing device 80 may also include a circuit, which may implement the first access network device or the component used for the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiment, or the source access The function performed by the network device or the component used for the source access network device, or the operation flow performed by the target access network device or the component used for the target access network device.
  • the communication processing device 80 may include one or more memories 802, on which instructions 804 are stored, and the instructions may be executed on the processor, so that the data transmission
  • the device 80 executes the method described in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • data may also be stored in the memory.
  • the optional processor may also store instructions and/or data.
  • the one or more memories 802 may store the mobile effective area described in the foregoing embodiment, or related parameters or tables involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor and the memory can be provided separately or integrated together.
  • the communication processing device 80 may further include a transceiver unit 805 and an antenna 806, or include a communication interface.
  • the transceiving unit 805 may be called a transceiver, a transceiving circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and is used to implement the transceiving function of the device through the antenna 806.
  • the communication interface (not shown in the figure) may be used for communication between an access network device and an access network device, or a terminal device and a terminal device, or an access network device and a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be a wired communication interface, such as an optical fiber communication interface.
  • the processor 801 may be referred to as a processing unit, which controls a device (such as a terminal or a base station).
  • the sending or receiving performed by the transceiver unit 805 described in the embodiment of the present application is under the control of the processing unit (processor 801), the sending or receiving action may also be described as processing in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution by the unit (processor 801) does not affect the understanding of the solution by those skilled in the art.
  • processors in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits. (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes one or more of the following:
  • Terminal equipment or components that can be used in terminal equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code, the computer program including components for executing the first access network device or for the first access network device in the above method, or Instructions for the method performed by the terminal device or a component used in the terminal device.
  • the readable medium may be a read-only memory (ROM) or a random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the first access network device or the component for the first access network device, or the terminal device or The components for the terminal device respectively execute the operations of the first access network device and the terminal device corresponding to the foregoing method.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions, so that the data transmission device applied to the chip executes the method provided in the foregoing embodiment of the present application.
  • any data transmission device provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may include the system chip.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit can also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the data transmission device, such as a ROM or a storage unit that can store static information and Instructions for other types of static storage devices, RAM, etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the program execution of the above data transmission method.
  • the processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively set on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above-mentioned embodiments Various functions in.
  • the processing unit and the memory may also be coupled to the same device.
  • the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a CPU, and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (such as circuits), firmware, or any other combination.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
  • determining B based on A does not mean that B is determined only based on A, and B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • the following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
  • the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, method, and device may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or an access network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a data transmission method comprising: a first access network device determines a first QoS parameter according to at least two quality of service QoS parameters; the first access network device transmits a first wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, and the first wireless resource configuration is determined based on the first QoS parameter, and is applied to the data transmission between the first access network device and the terminal device, or between the terminal device and another terminal device. In the above technical solution, the access network device may arbitrate between or among a plurality of QoS requirements, and determine a QoS parameter based on the arbitration result, and determine the corresponding wireless resource configuration according to the determined QoS parameter.

Description

数据传输的方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质Data transmission method, device and computer readable storage medium 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及数据传输的方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质。This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to methods, devices, and computer-readable storage media for data transmission.
背景技术Background technique
服务质量(quality of service,QoS)指一个网络能够利用各种基础技术,为指定的网络通信提供更好的服务能力,是网络的一种安全机制,可以用来解决网络延迟和阻塞等问题的一种技术。这种技术增加了网络性能的可预知性,并能够有效地分配网络带宽,更加合理地利用网络资源。Quality of service (QoS) refers to the ability of a network to use various basic technologies to provide better service capabilities for specified network communications. It is a security mechanism for the network and can be used to solve problems such as network delay and congestion. A technology. This technology increases the predictability of network performance, and can effectively allocate network bandwidth and make more reasonable use of network resources.
业务源需要向终端设备发起业务时,可以向核心网设备发起业务请求。核心网设备可以根据业务的类型、业务源等信息,确定该待传输业务的QoS需求,并将该QoS需求通知给接入网设备。接入网设备根据当前的网络负荷,以及其它因素,如硬件处理能力、网络架构等,确定可以满足的QoS需求。如果接入网设备可以满足该QoS需求,则可以通过传输该业务的数据。如果接入网设备不满足该QoS需求,则可以拒绝传输该业务的数据。When the service source needs to initiate a service to the terminal device, it can initiate a service request to the core network device. The core network device can determine the QoS requirement of the service to be transmitted according to the type of service, the source of the service, and other information, and notify the access network device of the QoS requirement. The access network equipment determines the QoS requirements that can be met based on the current network load and other factors such as hardware processing capabilities and network architecture. If the access network equipment can meet the QoS requirement, it can transmit the data of the service. If the access network device does not meet the QoS requirement, it can refuse to transmit the data of the service.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种数据传输的方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质,接入网设备可以对QoS需求进行协商,从至少两个QoS参数中确定出一个QoS参数,并根据确定的QoS参数确定对应的无线资源配置。This application provides a data transmission method, device, and computer-readable storage medium. Access network equipment can negotiate QoS requirements, determine a QoS parameter from at least two QoS parameters, and determine it according to the determined QoS parameter Corresponding wireless resource configuration.
第一方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由第一接入网设备或用于第一接入网设备的部件执行,该部件例如可以是芯片。该方法包括:第一接入网设备根据至少两个服务质量QoS参数确定第一QoS参数;所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第一无线资源配置,所述第一无线资源配置是根据所述第一QoS参数确定的,所述第一无线资源配置用于所述第一接入网设备与终端设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。In the first aspect, a data transmission method is provided. The method may be executed by a first access network device or a component used for the first access network device, and the component may be, for example, a chip. The method includes: a first access network device determines a first QoS parameter according to at least two quality of service QoS parameters; the first access network device sends a first wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, and the first wireless resource configuration is Determined according to the first QoS parameter, the first radio resource configuration is used between the first access network device and the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一QoS参数和所述至少两个QoS参数属于一个协议数据单元PDU会话。In a possible implementation manner, the first QoS parameter and the at least two QoS parameters belong to one protocol data unit PDU session.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备接收第二接入网设备发送的业务承载请求消息,所述业务承载请求消息中携带所述至少两个QoS参数,其中,所述第二接入网设备为所述终端设备的源网络设备,所述第一接入网设备为所述终端设备的目标网络设备。In another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first access network device receives a service bearer request message sent by a second access network device, and the service bearer request message carries the at least two QoS parameters, wherein the second access network device is the source network device of the terminal device, and the first access network device is the target network device of the terminal device.
上述技术方案中,第一接入网设备作为目标接入网设备,可以从作为源接入网设备的第二接入网设备获取至少两个QoS参数,并从至少两个QoS参数中选择出一个自己可以 满足的QoS参数,并根据确定的QoS参数确定对应的无线资源配置。In the above technical solution, the first access network device as the target access network device can obtain at least two QoS parameters from the second access network device as the source access network device, and select from the at least two QoS parameters A QoS parameter that can be satisfied by itself, and the corresponding wireless resource configuration is determined according to the determined QoS parameter.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一接入网设备从所述至少两个QoS参数中,选择一个QoS参数作为所述第一QoS参数。In another possible implementation manner, the first access network device selects one QoS parameter from the at least two QoS parameters as the first QoS parameter.
上述技术方案中,第一接入网设备可以直接从第二接入网设备发送的至少两个QoS参数中选择一个作为第一QoS参数,实现较为简单。In the above technical solution, the first access network device can directly select one of the at least two QoS parameters sent by the second access network device as the first QoS parameter, which is relatively simple to implement.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备将所述第一QoS参数通知给核心网设备。In another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first access network device notifying the core network device of the first QoS parameter.
上述技术方案中,第一接入网设备还可以将其确定的第一QoS参数通知给核心网设备,以便于核心网设备侧可以根据第一接入网设备确定的第一QoS参数,对需要传输的数据进行调整,使得调整之后的数据满足第一接入网设备确定的第一QoS参数。In the above technical solution, the first access network device may also notify the core network device of the determined first QoS parameter, so that the core network device side can respond to needs based on the first QoS parameter determined by the first access network device. The transmitted data is adjusted so that the adjusted data meets the first QoS parameter determined by the first access network device.
第二方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由第一接入网设备或用于第一接入网设备的部件执行,该部件例如可以是芯片。所述方法包括:第一接入网设备根据当前使用的第一服务质量QoS参数确定第二QoS参数;所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第二无线资源配置,所述第二无线资源配置是根据所述第二QoS参数确定的,所述第二无线资源配置用于所述第一接入网设备与终端设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。In a second aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which may be executed by a first access network device or a component used for the first access network device, and the component may be, for example, a chip. The method includes: a first access network device determines a second QoS parameter according to a currently used first quality of service QoS parameter; the first access network device sends a second wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, and the second wireless The resource configuration is determined according to the second QoS parameter, and the second wireless resource configuration is used between the first access network device and the terminal device, or used for data exchange between the terminal device and the terminal device. transmission.
一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二QoS参数和所述第一QoS参数属于一个PDU会话。In a possible implementation manner, the second QoS parameter and the first QoS parameter belong to one PDU session.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二QoS参数在QoS参数列表中的位置比所述第一QoS参数在所述QoS参数列表中的位置靠前。In another possible implementation manner, the position of the second QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list is higher than the position of the first QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list.
第三方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由终端设备或用于终端设备的部件执行,该部件例如可以是芯片。该方法包括:终端设备接收到第一无线资源配置,所述第一无线资源配置用于所述终端设备与接入网设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输,所述第一无线资源配置与所述终端设备当前使用的第二无线资源配置不同;所述终端设备根据所述第二无线资源配置对缓存中的数据包进行处理,根据所述第一无线资源配置对新接收到的数据包进行处理;或者所述终端设备根据所述第一无线资源配置,对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理。In a third aspect, a data transmission method is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device or a component for the terminal device, and the component may be, for example, a chip. The method includes: a terminal device receives a first wireless resource configuration, the first wireless resource configuration is used between the terminal device and an access network device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device , The first wireless resource configuration is different from the second wireless resource configuration currently used by the terminal device; the terminal device processes the data packets in the buffer according to the second wireless resource configuration, and according to the first wireless resource configuration The resource configuration processes the newly received data packet; or the terminal device processes the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first wireless resource configuration.
一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一无线资源配置和所述第二无线资源配置中包括第一逻辑信道的优先级,所述终端设备根据所述第一无线资源配置中第一逻辑信道的优先级高于所述第二无线资源配置中所述第一逻辑信道的优先级,确定所述第一逻辑信道对应的缓存中待发送的数据等同于新数据到达。In a possible implementation manner, the first radio resource configuration and the second radio resource configuration include the priority of the first logical channel, and the terminal device is configured according to the first logical channel in the first radio resource configuration. The priority of is higher than the priority of the first logical channel in the second wireless resource configuration, and it is determined that the data to be sent in the buffer corresponding to the first logical channel is equal to the arrival of new data.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一无线资源配置中包括数据汇聚协议PDCP层的第一丢弃计数器discard timer参数,所述第二无线资源配置中包括第二discard timer参数,所述终端设备根据所述第二discard timer参数对缓存中的数据包进行处理;所述终端设备根据所述第一discard timer参数对新接收到的数据包进行处理。或者所述终端设备根据所述第一discard timer参数对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理。In another possible implementation manner, the first wireless resource configuration includes a first discard timer parameter of the PDCP layer of the data convergence protocol, and the second wireless resource configuration includes a second discard timer parameter, and the terminal The device processes the data packet in the buffer according to the second discard timer parameter; the terminal device processes the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter. Or the terminal device processes the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一无线资源配置中包括第一无线链路控制RLC重传次数,所述第二无线资源配置中包括第二RLC重传次数,所述终端设备根据数据包的第二RLC重传次数是否大于所述第一RLC重传次数,确定是否对所述数据包进行重传。In another possible implementation manner, the first radio resource configuration includes the number of first radio link control RLC retransmissions, and the second radio resource configuration includes the second number of RLC retransmissions, and the terminal device is based on Whether the second RLC retransmission times of the data packet is greater than the first RLC retransmission times is determined whether to retransmit the data packet.
第四方面,提供了一种数据传输的装置,所述装置包括:In a fourth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, and the device includes:
确定模块,用于根据至少两个服务质量QoS参数确定第一QoS参数;A determining module, configured to determine the first QoS parameter according to at least two quality of service QoS parameters;
发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一无线资源配置,所述第一无线资源配置是根据所述第一QoS参数确定的,所述第一无线资源配置用于所述第一接入网设备与终端设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。A sending module, configured to send a first wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, where the first wireless resource configuration is determined according to the first QoS parameter, and the first wireless resource configuration is for the first access network device And the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一QoS参数和所述至少两个QoS参数属于一个协议数据单元PDU会话。In a possible implementation manner, the first QoS parameter and the at least two QoS parameters belong to one protocol data unit PDU session.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:In another possible implementation manner, the device further includes:
接收模块,用于接收第二接入网设备发送的业务承载请求消息,所述业务承载请求消息中携带所述至少两个QoS参数,其中,所述第二接入网设备为所述终端设备的源网络设备,所述第一接入网设备为所述终端设备的目标网络设备。The receiving module is configured to receive a service bearer request message sent by a second access network device, where the service bearer request message carries the at least two QoS parameters, where the second access network device is the terminal device The source network device of the terminal device, the first access network device is the target network device of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述确定模块具体用于:从所述至少两个QoS参数中,选择一个QoS参数作为所述第一QoS参数。In another possible implementation manner, the determining module is specifically configured to select one QoS parameter from the at least two QoS parameters as the first QoS parameter.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送模块还用于:将所述第一QoS参数通知给核心网设备。In another possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to notify the core network device of the first QoS parameter.
可以理解的是,第四方面的数据传输的装置可以是第一接入网设备,也可以是可用于第一接入网设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。It can be understood that the data transmission apparatus of the fourth aspect may be the first access network device, or may be a component (for example, a chip or a circuit) that can be used for the first access network device.
第五方面,提供了一种数据传输的装置,所述装置包括:In a fifth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, and the device includes:
确定模块,用于根据当前使用的第一服务质量QoS参数确定第二QoS参数;The determining module is configured to determine the second QoS parameter according to the currently used first quality of service QoS parameter;
发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第二无线资源配置,所述第二无线资源配置是根据所述第二QoS参数确定的,所述第二无线资源配置用于所述第一接入网设备与终端设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。A sending module, configured to send a second wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, where the second wireless resource configuration is determined according to the second QoS parameter, and the second wireless resource configuration is used for the first access network device And the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二QoS参数和所述第一QoS参数属于一个PDU会话。In a possible implementation manner, the second QoS parameter and the first QoS parameter belong to one PDU session.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二QoS参数在QoS参数列表中的位置比所述第一QoS参数在所述QoS参数列表中的位置靠前。In another possible implementation manner, the position of the second QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list is higher than the position of the first QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list.
可以理解的是,第五方面的数据传输的装置可以是第一接入网设备,也可以是可用于第一接入网设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。It can be understood that the data transmission apparatus of the fifth aspect may be the first access network device, or may be a component (for example, a chip or a circuit) that can be used for the first access network device.
第六方面,提供了一种数据传输的装置,所述装置包括:In a sixth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, and the device includes:
接收模块,用于接收到第一无线资源配置,所述第一无线资源配置用于所述终端设备与接入网设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输,所述第一无线资源配置与所述终端设备当前使用的第二无线资源配置不同;A receiving module, configured to receive a first wireless resource configuration, where the first wireless resource configuration is used between the terminal device and the access network device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device, The first wireless resource configuration is different from the second wireless resource configuration currently used by the terminal device;
第一处理模块,用于根据所述第二无线资源配置对缓存中的数据包进行处理,根据所述第一无线资源配置对新接收到的数据包进行处理;或者The first processing module is configured to process the data packet in the buffer according to the second wireless resource configuration, and process the newly received data packet according to the first wireless resource configuration; or
第二处理模块,用于根据所述第一无线资源配置,对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理。The second processing module is configured to process the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first wireless resource configuration.
可以理解的是,第六方面的数据传输的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是可用于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。It can be understood that the data transmission device in the sixth aspect may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) that can be used in a terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一无线资源配置和所述第二无线资源配置中包括第一逻辑信道的优先级,In a possible implementation manner, the first radio resource configuration and the second radio resource configuration include the priority of the first logical channel,
所述第一处理模块或所述第二处理模块具体用于:根据所述第一无线资源配置中第一 逻辑信道的优先级高于所述第二无线资源配置中所述第一逻辑信道的优先级,确定所述第一逻辑信道对应的缓存中待发送的数据等同于新数据到达。The first processing module or the second processing module is specifically configured to: according to the priority of the first logical channel in the first wireless resource configuration, it is higher than the priority of the first logical channel in the second wireless resource configuration Priority, determining that the data to be sent in the buffer corresponding to the first logical channel is equal to the arrival of new data.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一无线资源配置中包括数据汇聚协议PDCP层的第一丢弃计数器discard timer参数,所述第二无线资源配置中包括第二discard timer参数,In another possible implementation manner, the first wireless resource configuration includes a first discard timer parameter of the PDCP layer of the data convergence protocol, and the second wireless resource configuration includes a second discard timer parameter,
所述第一处理模块具体用于:根据所述第二discard timer参数对缓存中的数据包进行处理;根据所述第一discard timer参数对新接收到的数据包进行处理。The first processing module is specifically configured to: process the data packet in the buffer according to the second discard timer parameter; process the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
所述第二处理模块具体用于:根据所述第一discard timer参数对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理。The second processing module is specifically configured to process the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一无线资源配置中包括第一无线链路控制RLC重传次数,所述第二无线资源配置中包括第二RLC重传次数,In another possible implementation manner, the first radio resource configuration includes the number of first radio link control RLC retransmissions, and the second radio resource configuration includes the second number of RLC retransmissions,
所述第二处理模块具体用于:根据数据包的第二RLC重传次数是否大于所述第一RLC重传次数,确定是否对所述数据包进行重传。The second processing module is specifically configured to determine whether to retransmit the data packet according to whether the second RLC retransmission times of the data packet is greater than the first RLC retransmission times.
第七方面,提供了一种通信处理装置,包括:本申请提供的通信处理装置具有实现上述方法方面中第一接入网设备行为的功能,其包括用于执行上述方法所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件(如电路)实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。其中,所述通信处理装置可以是芯片等。In a seventh aspect, a communication processing device is provided, including: the communication processing device provided by the present application has the function of realizing the behavior of the first access network device in the foregoing method aspect, and includes being used to perform the steps or functions described in the foregoing method Corresponding parts (means). The steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware (such as a circuit), or by a combination of hardware and software. Wherein, the communication processing device may be a chip or the like.
在一种可能的设计中,上述通信处理装置包括一个或多个处理器。所述一个或多个处理器被配置为支持所述通信处理装置执行上述方法中第一接入网设备相应的功能。In a possible design, the foregoing communication processing apparatus includes one or more processors. The one or more processors are configured to support the communication processing apparatus to perform the corresponding function of the first access network device in the above method.
可选的,所述通信处理装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合,其保存通信处理装置必要的程序指令和/或数据。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置。本申请并不限定。Optionally, the communication processing device may further include one or more memories, where the memory is configured to be coupled with the processor, and stores necessary program instructions and/or data of the communication processing device. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor. This application is not limited.
该存储器可以是处理器内部的存储单元,也可以是与处理器独立的外部存储单元,还可以是包括处理器内部的存储单元和与处理器独立的外部存储单元的部件。The memory may be a storage unit inside the processor, or an external storage unit independent of the processor, or a component including a storage unit inside the processor and an external storage unit independent of the processor.
可选地,该处理器可以是通用处理器,可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。Optionally, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading the software code stored in the memory, and the memory may Integrated in the processor, can be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
可选的,所述通信处理装置还可以包括一个或多个通信单元,所述通信单元可以是收发器,或收发电路。可选的,所述收发器也可以为输入/输出电路或者接口。Optionally, the communication processing apparatus may further include one or more communication units, and the communication unit may be a transceiver or a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the transceiver may also be an input/output circuit or interface.
另一个可能的设计中,上述通信处理装置,包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器或输入/输出电路收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于运行该存储器中的计算机程序,使得该通信处理装置执行第一方面或第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中第一接入网设备完成的方法。或者,使得该通信处理装置执行第二方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中第一接入网设备完成的方法。In another possible design, the foregoing communication processing device includes a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is used to control the transceiver or the input/output circuit to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to run the computer program in the memory, so that the communication processing device executes the first aspect or any of the first aspects. In a possible implementation manner, the method completed by the first access network device. Or, the communication processing apparatus is caused to execute the method completed by the first access network device in the second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
第八方面,提供了一种通信处理装置,本申请提供的通信处理装置具有实现上述方法方面中终端设备行为的功能,其包括用于执行上述方法所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件(如电路)实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。其中,所述终端设备可以是芯片等。In an eighth aspect, a communication processing device is provided. The communication processing device provided by the present application has the function of realizing the behavior of the terminal device in the above-mentioned method aspect, and it includes means for executing the steps or functions described in the above-mentioned method. ). The steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware (such as a circuit), or by a combination of hardware and software. Wherein, the terminal device may be a chip or the like.
在一种可能的设计中,上述通信处理装置包括一个或多个处理器。所述一个或多个处 理器被配置为支持所述通信处理装置执行上述方法中终端设备相应的功能。In a possible design, the foregoing communication processing apparatus includes one or more processors. The one or more processors are configured to support the communication processing apparatus to perform the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method.
可选的,所述通信处理装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合,其保存通信处理装置必要的程序指令和/或数据。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置。本申请并不限定。Optionally, the communication processing device may further include one or more memories, where the memory is configured to be coupled with the processor, and stores necessary program instructions and/or data of the communication processing device. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor. This application is not limited.
该存储器可以是处理器内部的存储单元,也可以是与处理器独立的外部存储单元,还可以是包括处理器内部的存储单元和与处理器独立的外部存储单元的部件。The memory may be a storage unit inside the processor, or an external storage unit independent of the processor, or a component including a storage unit inside the processor and an external storage unit independent of the processor.
可选地,该处理器可以是通用处理器,可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。Optionally, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading the software code stored in the memory, and the memory may Integrated in the processor, can be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
可选的,所述通信处理装置还可以包括一个或多个通信单元,所述通信单元可以是收发器,或收发电路。可选的,所述收发器也可以为输入/输出电路或者接口。Optionally, the communication processing apparatus may further include one or more communication units, and the communication unit may be a transceiver or a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the transceiver may also be an input/output circuit or interface.
另一个可能的设计中,上述通信处理装置,包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器或输入/输出电路收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于运行该存储器中的计算机程序,使得该通信处理装置执行第三方面或第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中终端设备完成的方法。In another possible design, the foregoing communication processing device includes a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is used to control the transceiver or the input/output circuit to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to run the computer program in the memory so that the communication processing device executes any of the third aspect or the third aspect. A possible implementation method for terminal equipment to complete.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机程序,当该计算机程序在第一接入网设备上运行时,使得该第一接入网设备执行如第一方面或第一方面的任意一种实现方式中所述的方法。或者使得该第一接入网设备执行如第二方面或第二方面的任意一种实现方式中所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, including a computer program, which when the computer program runs on a first access network device, causes the first access network device to execute the first aspect or the first aspect The method described in any one of the implementations. Or the first access network device is made to execute the method described in the second aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机程序,当该计算机程序在终端设备上运行时,使得该终端设备执行第三方面或第三方面任意一种实现方式中所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, including a computer program, which when the computer program runs on a terminal device, causes the terminal device to execute the third aspect or any one of the implementation manners described in the third aspect method.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如第一方面或第一方面任意一种实现方式中所述的方法。或者使得该计算机执行如第二方面或第二方面任意一种实现方式中所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the method described in the first aspect or any one of the first aspects. Or the computer is made to execute the method described in the second aspect or any one of the second aspect implementation manners.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如第三方面或第三方面任意一种实现方式中所述的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer program product is provided. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the method described in the third aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本申请实施例可应用的通信系统100的场景示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图2是适用于本申请的通信系统200的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 200 applicable to the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置800的示意性框图。FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置900的示意性框图。FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置1000的示意性框图。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种通信处理装置50的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication processing device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信处理装置60的结构示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication processing device 60 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信处理装置70的结构示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication processing device 70 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信处理装置80的结构示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication processing device 80 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
应理解,本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。It should be understood that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, and LTE time division duplex (LTE) systems. Time Division Duplex (TDD), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future 5th generation (5G) system or new radio (NR), etc.
本申请实施例中对终端设备的类型不做具体限定,例如可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、无线接入网设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端可以包括但不限于移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动电话(mobile telephone)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、手机(handset)、便携设备(portable equipment)、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、物流用的射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)终端设备,具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、物联网、车辆网中的终端设备以及未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。In the embodiments of this application, the type of terminal equipment is not specifically limited. For example, it may be user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile Equipment, user terminal, wireless access network equipment, user agent or user device. Terminals may include, but are not limited to, mobile stations (MS), mobile phones (mobile phones), user equipment (UE), mobile phones (handset), portable equipment (portable equipment), cellular phones, cordless phones, conversations Initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phones, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) stations, personal digital processing (personal digital assistant, PDA), and logistics use radio frequency identification (RFID) terminal equipment, Handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, Internet of Things, terminal devices in vehicle networks, and terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolution of public land mobile The terminal equipment in the network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network, etc.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
本申请实施例中对接入网设备的类型不做具体限定,可以是用于与终端设备通信的任何设备,该接入网设备例如可以是长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该接入网设备例如可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的接入网设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入网设备等。In the embodiments of the application, the type of access network equipment is not specifically limited. It can be any equipment used to communicate with terminal equipment. The access network equipment can be, for example, an evolution in a long term evolution (LTE) system. Type base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB), it may also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the access network device may be, for example, a relay station, an access point, In-vehicle equipment, wearable equipment, and access network equipment in the future 5G network or access network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc.
另外,在本申请实施例中,接入网设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与接入网设备进行通信。该小区可以是 接入网设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小和发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the access network device provides services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the access network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell. The cell may be a cell corresponding to an access network device (such as a base station). The cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell. The small cell here may include: Metro cell and micro cell. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
本申请实施例提供的方法,可以应用于终端设备或接入网设备,该终端设备或接入网设备可以包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、以及即时通信软件等应用。并且,在本申请实施例中,数据传输的方法的执行主体的具体结构,本申请实施例并未特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的数据传输的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例的数据传输的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例的数据传输的执行主体可以是终端设备或接入网设备,或者,是终端设备或接入网设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。The method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a terminal device or an access network device. The terminal device or an access network device can include a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an operating system layer Application layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems or windows operating systems. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present application, the specific structure of the execution body of the data transmission method is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present application can be run to It is sufficient to communicate according to the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the data transmission in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or an access network device, or a terminal device or an access network device that can be called Program and execute the functional modules of the program.
此外,本申请实施例的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the embodiments of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
图1是本申请实施例可应用的通信系统100的场景示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统100包括接入网设备102,接入网设备102可包括多个天线组。每个天线组可以包括多个天线,例如,一个天线组可包括天线104和106,另一个天线组可包括天线106和110,附加组可包括天线112和114。图1中每个天线组示出了2个天线,然而对于每个组可使用更多或更少的天线。接入网设备102可附加地包括发射机链和接收机链,本领域普通技术人员可以理解,它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system 100 includes an access network device 102, and the access network device 102 may include multiple antenna groups. Each antenna group may include multiple antennas. For example, one antenna group may include antennas 104 and 106, another antenna group may include antennas 106 and 110, and an additional group may include antennas 112 and 114. Each antenna group in Fig. 1 shows 2 antennas, however, more or fewer antennas can be used for each group. The access network device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they can each include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as processors, modulators, multiplexers). , Demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
接入网设备102可以与多个终端设备(例如终端设备116和终端设备122)通信。然而,可以理解,接入网设备102可以与类似于终端设备116或122的任意数目的终端设备通信。终端设备116和122例如可以是蜂窝电话、智能电话、便携式电脑、手持通信设备、手持计算设备、卫星无线电装置、全球定位系统、PDA和/或用于在无线通信系统100上通信的任意其它适合设备。The access network device 102 may communicate with multiple terminal devices (for example, the terminal device 116 and the terminal device 122). However, it is understood that the access network device 102 can communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to the terminal device 116 or 122. The terminal devices 116 and 122 may be, for example, cellular phones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable devices for communicating on the wireless communication system 100. equipment.
如图1所示,终端设备116与天线112和114通信,其中天线112和114通过链路116向终端设备116发送信息,并通过链路120从终端设备116接收信息。此外,终端设备122与天线104和106通信,其中天线104和106通过链路124向终端设备122发送信息,并通过链路126从终端设备122接收信息。As shown in FIG. 1, the terminal device 116 communicates with antennas 112 and 114, where the antennas 112 and 114 send information to the terminal device 116 through the link 116 and receive information from the terminal device 116 through the link 120. In addition, the terminal device 122 communicates with the antennas 104 and 106, where the antennas 104 and 106 send information to the terminal device 122 through the link 124, and receive information from the terminal device 122 through the link 126.
例如,在频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统中,例如,链路116可利用与链路120所使用的不同频带,链路124可利用与链路126所使用的不同频带。For example, in a frequency division duplex (FDD) system, for example, link 116 may use a different frequency band from that used by link 120, and link 124 may use a different frequency band from that used by link 126.
再例如,在时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统和全双工(full duplex)系统中,链路116和链路120可使用共同频带,链路124和链路126可使用共同频带。For another example, in a time division duplex (TDD) system and a full duplex (full duplex) system, link 116 and link 120 may use a common frequency band, and link 124 and link 126 may use a common frequency band.
被设计用于通信的每组天线和/或区域称为接入网设备102的扇区。例如,可将天线组设计为与接入网设备102覆盖区域的扇区中的终端设备通信。在接入网设备102通过链路116和124分别与终端设备116和122进行通信的过程中,接入网设备102的发射天线可利用波束成形来改善链路116和124的信噪比。此外,与接入网设备通过单个天线向它所有的终端设备发送信号的方式相比,在接入网设备102利用波束成形向相关覆盖区域中随机分散的终端设备116和122发送信号时,相邻小区中的移动设备会受到较少的干扰。Each set of antennas and/or areas designed for communication is referred to as a sector of the access network device 102. For example, the antenna group may be designed to communicate with terminal devices in a sector of the coverage area of the access network device 102. When the access network device 102 communicates with the terminal devices 116 and 122 through the links 116 and 124, respectively, the transmitting antenna of the access network device 102 can use beamforming to improve the signal-to-noise ratio of the links 116 and 124. In addition, compared with the way that the access network device sends signals to all of its terminal devices through a single antenna, when the access network device 102 uses beamforming to send signals to the terminal devices 116 and 122 that are randomly dispersed in the relevant coverage area, it is similar. Mobile devices in neighboring cells will experience less interference.
在给定时间,接入网设备102、终端设备116或终端设备122可以是无线通信发送装置和/或无线通信接收装置。当发送数据时,无线通信发送装置可对数据进行编码以用于传输。具体地,无线通信发送装置可获取(例如生成、从其它通信装置接收、或在存储器中保存等)要通过信道发送至无线通信接收装置的一定数目的数据比特。这种数据比特可包含在数据的传输块(或多个传输块)中,传输块可被分段以产生多个码块。At a given time, the access network device 102, the terminal device 116, or the terminal device 122 may be a wireless communication sending device and/or a wireless communication receiving device. When sending data, the wireless communication sending device can encode the data for transmission. Specifically, the wireless communication sending device may acquire (for example, generate, receive from other communication devices, or store in a memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be sent to the wireless communication receiving device through a channel. Such data bits can be included in a transmission block (or multiple transmission blocks) of data, and the transmission block can be segmented to generate multiple code blocks.
此外,该通信系统100可以是公共陆地移动网络PLMN网络或者设备对设备(device to device,D2D)网络或者机器对机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络或者其他网络,图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,网络中还可以包括其他接入网设备,图1中未予以画出。In addition, the communication system 100 may be a public land mobile network PLMN network or a device-to-device (D2D) network or a machine-to-machine (M2M) network or other networks. Figure 1 is only an example for ease of understanding The simplified schematic diagram of the network may also include other access network equipment, which is not shown in Figure 1.
数据流在网络中传输时,当网络发生拥塞,所有的数据流都有可能被丢弃。为满足用户对不同应用的不同服务质量要求,需要网络可以根据用户的要求分配和调度资源,对不同的数据流提供不同的服务质量。例如,对实时性强且重要的数据报文优先处理。又如,对于实时性不强的普通数据报文,提供较低的处理优先级,拥塞时甚至丢弃。因此,服务质量(quality of service,QoS)应运而生,QoS是指一个网络能够利用各种基础技术,为指定的网络通信提供更好的服务能力,是网络的一种安全机制,可以用来解决网络延迟和阻塞等问题的一种技术。增加了网络性能的可预知性,并能够有效地分配网络带宽,更加合理地利用网络资源。When data streams are transmitted in the network, when the network is congested, all data streams may be discarded. In order to meet the different service quality requirements of users for different applications, the network is required to allocate and schedule resources according to user requirements, and provide different service qualities for different data streams. For example, give priority to real-time and important data messages. For another example, for ordinary data messages with low real-time performance, lower processing priority is provided, and they are even discarded when congested. Therefore, quality of service (QoS) came into being. QoS refers to the ability of a network to use various basic technologies to provide better service capabilities for specified network communications. It is a security mechanism for the network and can be used A technology to solve problems such as network delay and congestion. It increases the predictability of network performance, and can effectively allocate network bandwidth and make more reasonable use of network resources.
一种可能的应用场景请参见图2,在图2中,该网络可以包括业务源210、核心网设备220、接入网设备230、终端设备240。Please refer to FIG. 2 for a possible application scenario. In FIG. 2, the network may include a service source 210, a core network device 220, an access network device 230, and a terminal device 240.
业务源210需要向终端设备240发起业务时,可以向核心网设备220发起业务请求。核心网设备220可以根据业务的类型、发起者等信息,确定该待传输业务的QoS需求,并将该QoS需求通知给接入网设备230。接入网设备230根据当前的网络负荷,以及其它因素,如硬件处理能力、网络架构等,确定可以满足的QoS需求。接入网设备230还可以根据确定的QoS需求,配置与终端设备240之间进行数据传输的无线资源参数,并将该无线资源参数配置发送给终端设备240。终端设备240可以根据该无线资源参数配置进行数据传输。例如,接收业务源210发送的业务流。When the service source 210 needs to initiate a service to the terminal device 240, it may initiate a service request to the core network device 220. The core network device 220 may determine the QoS requirement of the service to be transmitted according to information such as the type of service and the initiator, and notify the access network device 230 of the QoS requirement. The access network device 230 determines the QoS requirements that can be met based on the current network load and other factors, such as hardware processing capabilities and network architecture. The access network device 230 may also configure wireless resource parameters for data transmission with the terminal device 240 according to the determined QoS requirements, and send the wireless resource parameter configuration to the terminal device 240. The terminal device 240 can perform data transmission according to the wireless resource parameter configuration. For example, the service flow sent by the service source 210 is received.
具体的,可以通过如下参数对QoS需求进行描述。Specifically, the QoS requirements can be described through the following parameters.
(1)、保障比特速率(guaranteed bit rate,GBR)/非保障比特速率non-GBR GBR是指系统保证承载的最小比特速率,即使在网络资源紧张的情况下,相应的比 特速率也能够保持。相反的,non-GBR指的是在网络拥挤的情况下,业务(或者承载)需要承受降低速率的要求。(1) Guaranteed bit rate (GBR)/non-GBR GBR refers to the minimum bit rate that the system guarantees to bear. Even when network resources are tight, the corresponding bit rate can be maintained. On the contrary, non-GBR means that under the condition of network congestion, the service (or bearer) needs to withstand the requirement of lowering the speed.
(2)、数据包时延预算(packet delay budget,PDB)(2) Packet delay budget (PDB)
PDB表示接入网设备对每个数据包的最大传输时延的上限。PDB represents the upper limit of the maximum transmission delay of each data packet by the access network device.
(3)、数据包错误概率(packet error rate,PER)(3) Packet error rate (PER)
PER表示接入网设备对每个数据包的传输错误概率。PER represents the transmission error probability of each data packet by the access network equipment.
(4)、默认最大数据突发量(default maximum data burst volume)(4), the default maximum data burst volume (default maximum data burst volume)
对数据包时延预算PDB特别小的业务,为防止在短时间内传输大量数据,形成数据高峰,接入网设备无法满足。因此,可以通过默认最大数据突发量参数规定在一段时间内传输的最大数据量。For services with a particularly small data packet delay budget PDB, in order to prevent the transmission of large amounts of data in a short period of time, the formation of data peaks cannot be met by the access network equipment. Therefore, the maximum amount of data transmitted in a period of time can be specified by the default maximum data burst parameter.
(5)、默认优先级(default priority level)(5), the default priority (default priority level)
默认优先级参数表示业务的相对优先级,通常接入网设备可以根据该参数确定分配传输资源时的优先级。The default priority parameter indicates the relative priority of the service. Generally, the access network device can determine the priority when allocating transmission resources according to this parameter.
需要说明的是,在如图1和图2所示的通信系统中,所述终端设备的功能可以通过终端设备内部的硬件部件来实现,所述硬件部件可以为所述终端设备内部的处理器和/或可编程的芯片。可选的,该芯片可以通过专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)实现,或可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)实现。上述PLD可以是复杂程序逻辑器件(complex programmable logical device,CPLD),现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic,GAL),片上系统(system on a chip,SOC)中的任一项或其任意组合。所述接入网设备的功能可以通过网络设内部的硬件部件来实现,所述硬件部件可以为所述接入网设备内部的处理器和/或可编程的芯片。具体的有关接入网设备内部的处理器和/或可编程的芯片请参考上文中对终端设备的描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the functions of the terminal device can be realized by hardware components inside the terminal device, and the hardware components may be the processor inside the terminal device. And/or programmable chips. Optionally, the chip may be implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD). The above-mentioned PLD can be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a generic array logic (GAL), and a system on a chip. , SOC) or any combination thereof. The functions of the access network device may be implemented by hardware components inside the network device, and the hardware components may be a processor and/or a programmable chip inside the access network device. For specific details about the processor and/or programmable chip inside the access network device, please refer to the description of the terminal device above, which will not be repeated here.
现有技术中,如图2所示,核心网设备220可以根据业务的类型、发起者等信息,确定该待传输业务的一个QoS需求,并将该QoS需求通知给接入网设备230。接入网设备230根据当前的网络负荷,以及其它因素,如硬件处理能力、网络架构等,确定是否可以满足该QoS需求。如果接入网设备230可以满足该QoS需求,则可以通过传输该业务的数据。如果接入网设备230不满足该QoS需求,则可以拒绝传输该业务的数据。上述QoS需求的确定过程,接入网设备230只有“接受”和“不接受”两种结果。In the prior art, as shown in FIG. 2, the core network device 220 can determine a QoS requirement of the service to be transmitted according to information such as the type of service and the initiator, and notify the access network device 230 of the QoS requirement. The access network device 230 determines whether the QoS requirement can be met based on the current network load and other factors, such as hardware processing capabilities, network architecture, etc. If the access network device 230 can meet the QoS requirement, it can transmit data of the service. If the access network device 230 does not meet the QoS requirement, it may refuse to transmit the data of the service. In the above determination process of the QoS requirement, the access network device 230 has only two results: "accept" and "not accept".
本申请实施例提供的数据传输的方法,接入网设备可以对QoS需求进行协商,从至少两个QoS参数中确定出一个QoS参数,并根据确定的QoS参数确定对应的无线资源配置。下面结合图3,对本申请实施例提供的技术方案进行详细描述。In the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the access network device can negotiate QoS requirements, determine a QoS parameter from at least two QoS parameters, and determine the corresponding wireless resource configuration according to the determined QoS parameter. The technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 3.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。图3所示的方法可以包括步骤310-320,下面分别对步骤310-320进行详细描述。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in FIG. 3 may include steps 310-320, and steps 310-320 will be described in detail below.
步骤310:第一接入网设备根据至少两个服务质量QoS参数确定第一QoS参数。Step 310: The first access network device determines the first QoS parameter according to the at least two quality of service QoS parameters.
第一接入网设备根据至少两个服务质量QoS参数确定第一QoS参数的方式有多种,一种可能的实现方式中,第一接入网设备从包括至少两个QoS参数的列表中选择一个作为第一QoS参数。另一种可能的实现方式中,第一接入网设备根据至少两个QoS参数确定出一个第一QoS参数,该第一QoS参数不属于上述包括至少两个QoS参数的列表。具 体的实现方式请参考下文中的描述,此处不再赘述。There are multiple ways for the first access network device to determine the first QoS parameter based on the at least two quality of service QoS parameters. In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device selects from a list including at least two QoS parameters One as the first QoS parameter. In another possible implementation manner, the first access network device determines a first QoS parameter according to at least two QoS parameters, and the first QoS parameter does not belong to the foregoing list including the at least two QoS parameters. For the specific implementation, please refer to the description below, which will not be repeated here.
应理解,所述至少两个QoS参数属于同一个PDU会话(session)。It should be understood that the at least two QoS parameters belong to the same PDU session (session).
步骤320:所述第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第一无线资源配置。Step 320: The first access network device sends a first wireless resource configuration to the terminal device.
应理解,第一接入网设备可以在确定了第一QoS参数后,可以根据第一QoS参数确定对应的第一无线资源配置,并将确定的第一无线资源配置发送至终端设备。It should be understood that, after determining the first QoS parameter, the first access network device may determine the corresponding first radio resource configuration according to the first QoS parameter, and send the determined first radio resource configuration to the terminal device.
本申请实施例中对第一无线资源配置不做具体限定。例如,该第一无线资源配置可以用于第一接入网设备与终端设备之间进行数据传输。又如,该第一无线资源配置还可以用于终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。In the embodiment of the present application, the configuration of the first radio resource is not specifically limited. For example, the first wireless resource configuration may be used for data transmission between the first access network device and the terminal device. For another example, the first wireless resource configuration may also be used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
下面以在切换场景中降低终端设备某个业务流/数据流的QoS服务质量为例,结合图4,对本申请实施例提供的数据传输的方法进行详细描述。图4所示的例子仅仅是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例,而非要将申请实施例限制于所示例的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据所给出的图4的例子,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改和变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。In the following, taking the reduction of the QoS service quality of a certain service flow/data flow of the terminal device in a handover scenario as an example, with reference to FIG. 4, the data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail. The example shown in FIG. 4 is only to help those skilled in the art understand the embodiments of the present application, and is not intended to limit the application embodiments to the specific numerical values or specific scenarios illustrated. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the example of FIG. 4 given, and such modifications and changes also fall within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
需要说明的是,对于将PDU会话(session)从源接入网设备转移到目标接入网设备的场景,也可以适用于图4中的方法。It should be noted that the scenario in which a PDU session (session) is transferred from a source access network device to a target access network device can also be applied to the method in FIG. 4.
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以包括步骤410-480,下面分别对步骤405-480进行详细描述。Fig. 4 is another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method may include steps 410-480. Steps 405-480 will be described in detail below.
应理解,图4中的源接入网设备可以对应于上文中的第二接入网设备,目标接入网设备可以对应于上文中的第一接入网设备。It should be understood that the source access network device in FIG. 4 may correspond to the second access network device described above, and the target access network device may correspond to the first access network device described above.
步骤410:源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送至少两种QoS profile。Step 410: The source access network device sends at least two QoS profiles to the target access network device.
可选地,在步骤410之前还包括步骤405,步骤405中源接入网设备可以和终端设备之间进行数据传输,该源接入网设备可以根据不同的需要利用移动性管理算法给终端设备下发不同种类的测量任务。终端设备可以根据源接入网设备下发的测量任务进行测量,如果该终端设备发现测量环境满足测量任务中描述的事件时,可以通过测量报告(measurement report)上报给源接入网设备。具体的,可选地,在步骤410之前还包括步骤406,步骤406中终端设备可以向源接入网设备上报测量报告(measurement report)。Optionally, step 405 is further included before step 410. In step 405, the source access network device can transmit data with the terminal device. The source access network device can use mobility management algorithms for the terminal device according to different needs. Distribute different types of measurement tasks. The terminal device can perform measurement according to the measurement task issued by the source access network device. If the terminal device finds that the measurement environment meets the event described in the measurement task, it can report to the source access network device through a measurement report. Specifically, optionally, step 406 is further included before step 410. In step 406, the terminal device may report a measurement report to the source access network device.
源接入网设备在收到终端设备发送的测量报告(measurement report)之后,判决是否需要向需要目标接入网设备发送业务承载请求消息。After receiving the measurement report (measurement report) sent by the terminal device, the source access network device determines whether it needs to send a service bearer request message to the target access network device.
需要说明的是,在切换的场景中,该源接入网设备为终端设备切换过程中的源接入网设备,该目标接入网设备为终端设备切换过程中的目标接入网设备。在业务迁移的场景中,例如,将终端设备的一部分业务从第一接入网设备迁移至第二接入网设备,该第一接入网设备可以称为源接入网设备,该第二接入网设备可以称为目标接入网设备。It should be noted that in the handover scenario, the source access network device is the source access network device in the terminal device handover process, and the target access network device is the target access network device in the terminal device handover process. In a service migration scenario, for example, a part of the service of a terminal device is migrated from a first access network device to a second access network device. The first access network device may be referred to as the source access network device, and the second access network device may be referred to as the source access network device. The access network device may be referred to as the target access network device.
可选地,作为一个示例,在切换场景中,该业务承载请求消息可以为切换请求消息。下面中以切换场景为例,对本申请实施例提供的数据传输的方法进行描述。Optionally, as an example, in a handover scenario, the service bearer request message may be a handover request message. In the following, a switching scenario is taken as an example to describe the data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
源接入网设备可以在向目标接入网设备发送的业务承载请求消息中携带至少两种QoS profile。该至少两种QoS profile可以是核心网网元认证管理单元(authentication management function,AMF)通知给源接入网设备的所有QoS profile,或者还可以是AMF通知给源接入网设备的QoS profile中的一部分,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。The source access network device may carry at least two QoS profiles in the service bearer request message sent to the target access network device. The at least two QoS profiles may be all QoS profiles notified by the core network element authentication management function (AMF) to the source access network device, or may also be in the QoS profile notified by the AMF to the source access network device The embodiments of this application do not specifically limit this part.
具体的,上述携带的至少两种QoS profile中可以包括源接入网设备与终端设备之间传 输的业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile,还可以包括至少一个备用的QoS profile。源接入网设备使用的QoS profile可以是AMF通知的QoS profile列表中的一个,或者也可以不是AMF通知的QoS profile列表中的一个,而是源接入网设备自己根据AMF通知的QoS profile列表生成的一个QoS profile。可选地,如果源接入网设备使用的QoS profile是其自己生成的一个QoS profile,该源接入网设备还需要在业务承载请求消息中携带这个QoS profile,供目标接入网设备参考。可选地,该源接入网设备可以在业务承载请求消息向目标接入网设备指示,该业务承载消息中携带的QoS profile不是从AMF获取的,而是源接入网设备自己生成的QoS profile。Specifically, the at least two QoS profiles carried above may include the QoS profile used by the service flow/data flow transmitted between the source access network device and the terminal device, and may also include at least one backup QoS profile. The QoS profile used by the source access network device may be one of the QoS profile list notified by the AMF, or it may not be one of the QoS profile list notified by the AMF, but the source access network device itself according to the QoS profile list notified by the AMF A generated QoS profile. Optionally, if the QoS profile used by the source access network device is a QoS profile generated by itself, the source access network device also needs to carry this QoS profile in the service bearer request message for reference by the target access network device. Optionally, the source access network device may indicate to the target access network device in the service bearer request message that the QoS profile carried in the service bearer message is not obtained from AMF, but is a QoS generated by the source access network device itself. profile.
可选地,在一些实施例中,在5G网络中引入了slice功能,该slice是核心网设备管理的功能模块,slice与QoS profile对应。对于某个slice而言,核心网可以获知可以支持slice功能的小区。在切换的场景中,如果终端设备通过slice来传输该业务流/数据流,源接入网设备还可以将slice标识(slice identification,slice ID)等信息携带在上述业务承载请求消息,并发送给目标接入网设备。Optionally, in some embodiments, a slice function is introduced in the 5G network. The slice is a functional module for core network device management, and the slice corresponds to the QoS profile. For a certain slice, the core network can learn the cells that can support the slice function. In the handover scenario, if the terminal device transmits the service flow/data flow through slices, the source access network device can also carry slice identification (slice ID) and other information in the above service bearer request message and send it to Target access network equipment.
为了便于描述,下面列举出一种可能的业务承载请求消息中携带的可能的3种QoS profile。For ease of description, three possible QoS profiles carried in a possible service bearer request message are listed below.
alternative QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms)alternative QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms)
alternative QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)alternative QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms)
alternative QoS profile C(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=20ms)alternative QoS profile C (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=20ms)
其中,源接入网设备在传输上述业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile为QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms)。Among them, the QoS profile used by the source access network device to transmit the above service flow/data flow is QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms).
步骤420:目标接入网设备根据源接入网设备发送的至少两种QoS profile确定满足的QoS profile。Step 420: The target access network device determines the satisfied QoS profile according to at least two QoS profiles sent by the source access network device.
作为一种实现,源接入网设备可以向目标接入网设备发送业务承载请求消息,该业务承载请求消息中携带至少两种QoS profile。目标接入网设备接收到源接入网设备发送的业务承载请求消息后,可以存储业务承载请求消息中携带的至少两种QoS profile,并且根据至少两种QoS profile确定可以满足的QoS profile。例如,目标接入网设备可以根据当前的网络负荷,以及其它因素,如硬件处理能力、网络架构等确定可以满足的QoS profile。As an implementation, the source access network device may send a service bearer request message to the target access network device, and the service bearer request message carries at least two QoS profiles. After the target access network device receives the service bearer request message sent by the source access network device, it can store at least two QoS profiles carried in the service bearer request message, and determine the QoS profile that can be satisfied according to the at least two QoS profiles. For example, the target access network device can determine the QoS profile that can be satisfied based on the current network load and other factors, such as hardware processing capabilities and network architecture.
一种可能的实现方式中,目标接入网设备从至少两种QoS profile中选择一个自己能满足的QoS profile,并根据该QoS profile确定对应的无线资源配置。具体的,目标接入网设备按QoS profile列表中的顺序判断自己的无线资源能否满足这些QoS profile。如果前面的QoS profile能满足,就选择前面的。如果前面的QoS profile不能满足,才选择后面的。In a possible implementation manner, the target access network device selects a QoS profile that it can satisfy from at least two QoS profiles, and determines the corresponding radio resource configuration according to the QoS profile. Specifically, the target access network device judges whether its radio resources can satisfy these QoS profiles according to the order in the QoS profile list. If the previous QoS profile can be satisfied, select the previous one. If the previous QoS profile cannot be satisfied, the latter is selected.
应理解,上述至少两种QoS profile按照一定的顺序排列在QoS profile列表中。It should be understood that the above-mentioned at least two QoS profiles are arranged in the QoS profile list in a certain order.
以源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送业务承载请求消息中携带上述3种QoS profile为例。源接入网设备在传输上述业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile为QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms),目标接入网设备根据空口条件变差,当前的网络负荷变大等原因,确定需要降低源接入网设备所使用的QoS profile对应的服务质量。具体的,目标接入网设备可以从3种QoS profile中选择一个自己的无线资源可以满足的QoS profile。例如,目标接入网设备选择QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)。Take the above three QoS profiles carried in the service bearer request message sent by the source access network device to the target access network device as an example. The QoS profile used by the source access network device to transmit the above service flow/data flow is QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms), the target access network device deteriorates according to the air interface conditions, and the current network load becomes larger, etc. The reason is to determine the need to reduce the quality of service corresponding to the QoS profile used by the source access network device. Specifically, the target access network device can select a QoS profile that can be satisfied by its own radio resources from the three QoS profiles. For example, the target access network device selects QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms).
另一种可能的实现方式中,目标接入网设备根据至少两种QoS profile自己生成一个 QoS profile。具体地,当目标接入网设备发现源接入网设备提供的QoS profile粒度太粗,可以自己生成一个QoS profile。以上文中列举的3种QoS profile为例,目标接入网设备发现自己由于空口条件变差,当前的网络负荷变大等原因不能满足QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms),可以满足QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)。但是,其实目标接入网设备还能满足一个介于QoS profile A和QoS profile B之间的QoS profile,比如QoS profile A’。这种情况下,目标接入网设备可以自己生成一个QoS profile。作为示例,目标接入网设备自己生成的QoS profile A’(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=10ms)。In another possible implementation manner, the target access network device generates a QoS profile by itself according to at least two QoS profiles. Specifically, when the target access network device finds that the granularity of the QoS profile provided by the source access network device is too coarse, it can generate a QoS profile by itself. The three QoS profiles listed in the above article are examples. The target access network device finds that it cannot meet the QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms) due to the deterioration of the air interface conditions and the current network load. It can meet the QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms). However, in fact, the target access network equipment can also satisfy a QoS profile between QoS profile A and QoS profile B, such as QoS profile A’. In this case, the target access network device can generate a QoS profile by itself. As an example, the QoS profile A'(GBR=2Mbps, PDB=10ms) generated by the target access network device itself.
需要说明的是,目标接入网设备另行生成的QoS profile,不能比源接入网设备提供的QoS profile列表中最后一项的QoS profile更低。如果源接入网设备提供的QoS profile列表不是按照一定的顺序排列,那么目标接入网设备另行生成的QoS profile不能比列表中服务质量最低的那一个QoS profile更低。It should be noted that the QoS profile separately generated by the target access network device cannot be lower than the QoS profile of the last item in the QoS profile list provided by the source access network device. If the QoS profile list provided by the source access network device is not arranged in a certain order, the QoS profile separately generated by the target access network device cannot be lower than the QoS profile with the lowest service quality in the list.
可选地,在一些实施例中,只有某些业务才能支持该目标接入网设备另行生成QoS profile。是否支持,可以由源接入网设备通知目标接入网设备。Optionally, in some embodiments, only certain services can support the target access network device to separately generate a QoS profile. Whether it is supported, the source access network device can notify the target access network device.
可选地,在一些实施例中,只有某些终端设备才能支持目标接入网设备另行生成QoS profile。是否支持,可以由源接入网设备通知目标接入网设备。Optionally, in some embodiments, only certain terminal devices can support the target access network device to separately generate a QoS profile. Whether it is supported, the source access network device can notify the target access network device.
步骤430:目标接入网设备向源接入网设备发送确定的QoS profile。Step 430: The target access network device sends the determined QoS profile to the source access network device.
具体的,目标接入网设备可以向源接入网设备发送切换准备消息,该切换准备消息中携带目标接入网设备确定的QoS profile。应理解,步骤430是可选的,也就是说,源接入网设备也可以无需知道目标接入网设备选择了什么样的QoS profile来传输上述业务流/数据流。Specifically, the target access network device may send a handover preparation message to the source access network device, where the handover preparation message carries the QoS profile determined by the target access network device. It should be understood that step 430 is optional, that is, the source access network device may also not need to know what QoS profile the target access network device has selected to transmit the foregoing service flow/data flow.
对于上述目标接入网设备从至少两种QoS profile中选择一个自己能满足的QoS profile的实现方式中,目标接入网设备可以将选择的QoS profile,例如,QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)发送给源接入网设备。具体的,可以将QoS profile B在列表中的索引号发送给源接入网设备。For the aforementioned target access network device to select a QoS profile that it can satisfy from at least two QoS profiles, the target access network device can set the selected QoS profile, for example, QoS profile B (GBR = 1Mbps, PDB = 10ms) sent to the source access network device. Specifically, the index number of the QoS profile B in the list can be sent to the source access network device.
对于上述目标接入网设备根据至少两种QoS profile自己生成一个QoS profile的实现方式中,目标接入网设备可以将生成的QoS profile,例如,QoS profile A’(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=10ms)中的所有参数发送给源接入网设备。并指示源接入网设备该目标接入网设备准备使用QoS profile A’来传输上述业务流/数据流。For the above-mentioned implementation of the target access network device generating a QoS profile based on at least two QoS profiles, the target access network device can use the generated QoS profile, for example, QoS profile A'(GBR=2Mbps, PDB=10ms) All the parameters in are sent to the source access network device. And instruct the source access network device and the target access network device to prepare to use QoS profile A'to transmit the above-mentioned service flow/data flow.
目标接入网设备/源接入网设备可以将目标接入网设备确定的QoS profile通知给AMF。具体的实现方式有两种。其中,一种实现方式是源接入网设备向AMF通知目标接入网设备确定的QoS profile。另一种实现方式是目标接入网设备向AMF通知其确定的QoS profile。下面分别结合步骤440-450对上述两种实现方式进行详细描述。The target access network device/source access network device can notify the AMF of the QoS profile determined by the target access network device. There are two specific implementation methods. Among them, one implementation manner is that the source access network device notifies the AMF of the QoS profile determined by the target access network device. Another implementation method is that the target access network device notifies the AMF of its determined QoS profile. The above two implementation manners are described in detail below in conjunction with steps 440-450 respectively.
步骤440:源接入网设备向AMF发送目标接入网设备确定的QoS profile。Step 440: The source access network device sends the QoS profile determined by the target access network device to the AMF.
如果源接入网设备接收到目标接入网设备发送的确定的QoS profile,例如源接入网设备在步骤430中接收到的QoS profile之后,该源接入网设备可以将目标接入网设备确定的QoS profile发送给AMF。也就是说,AMF可以通过源接入网设备获知目标接入网设备传输上述业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile。If the source access network device receives the determined QoS profile sent by the target access network device, for example, after the source access network device receives the QoS profile in step 430, the source access network device can transfer the target access network device The determined QoS profile is sent to AMF. In other words, the AMF can learn the QoS profile used by the target access network device to transmit the foregoing service flow/data flow through the source access network device.
具体的,作为一个示例,如果目标接入网设备传输上述业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile是从源基站提供的QoS profile列表中选择的一个profile,源接入网设备只需要将选 定的QoS profile的信息,例如,QoS profile在列表中的索引号上报给AMF。作为另一个示例,如果目标基站是自己另行生成一个QoS profile,源接入网设备需要将生成的QoS profile的所有参数的具体取值上报给AMF。具体的有关QoS profile的参数请参考上文中的描述,此处不再赘述。Specifically, as an example, if the QoS profile used by the target access network device to transmit the above service flow/data flow is a profile selected from the QoS profile list provided by the source base station, the source access network device only needs to select The information of the QoS profile, for example, the index number of the QoS profile in the list is reported to the AMF. As another example, if the target base station separately generates a QoS profile by itself, the source access network device needs to report the specific values of all the parameters of the generated QoS profile to the AMF. For specific parameters related to QoS profile, please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
步骤450:目标接入网设备向AMF通知该目标接入网设备确定QoS profile。Step 450: The target access network device notifies the AMF that the target access network device determines the QoS profile.
目标接入网设备在步骤420中确定传输上述业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile后,可以将该QoS profile上报给AMF。作为一个示例,如果目标接入网设备传输上述业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile是从源接入网设备提供的QoS profile列表中选择的一个profile,该目标接入网设备只需要将选定的QoS profile的信息,例如,QoS profile的索引号上报给AMF。作为另一个示例,如果目标基站是自己另行生成一个QoS profile,该目标接入网设备需要将生成的QoS profile的所有参数的具体取值上报给AMF。具体的有关QoS profile的参数请参考上文中的描述,此处不再赘述。After the target access network device determines the QoS profile used to transmit the foregoing service flow/data flow in step 420, it may report the QoS profile to the AMF. As an example, if the QoS profile used by the target access network device to transmit the above service flow/data flow is a profile selected from the QoS profile list provided by the source access network device, the target access network device only needs to select The information of the predetermined QoS profile, for example, the index number of the QoS profile is reported to the AMF. As another example, if the target base station generates a QoS profile by itself, the target access network device needs to report the specific values of all parameters of the generated QoS profile to the AMF. For specific parameters related to QoS profile, please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中或者通过上述步骤440向AMF通知该目标接入网设备确定QoS profile,或者通过上述步骤450向AMF通知该目标接入网设备确定QoS profile。上述两个步骤任选一个执行,具体执行步骤440还是执行步骤450,本申请对此不做具体限定。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, either the above step 440 is used to notify the AMF that the target access network device determines the QoS profile, or the above step 450 is used to notify the AMF that the target access network device determines the QoS profile. Either one of the above two steps is executed, whether step 440 or step 450 is specifically executed, which is not specifically limited in this application.
还值得说明的是,如果执行步骤450,步骤450和步骤430之间并无先后顺序关系,可以先执行步骤450,再执行步骤430;也可以先执行步骤430,再执行步骤450;或者,同时执行步骤430和步骤450,本申请实施例对此不做限制。也就是说,目标接入网设备可以先向源接入网设备发送确定的QoS profile,再向AMF上报目标接入网设备确定的QoS profile。或者目标接入网设备还可以先向AMF上报目标接入网设备确定的QoS profile,再向源接入网设备发送确定的QoS profile。或者目标接入网设备还可以同时向AMF和源接入网设备发送确定的QoS profile。It is also worth noting that if step 450 is performed, and there is no sequence relationship between step 450 and step 430, step 450 can be performed first, and then step 430; or step 430 can be performed first, and then step 450; or, at the same time Step 430 and step 450 are performed, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In other words, the target access network device may first send the determined QoS profile to the source access network device, and then report the QoS profile determined by the target access network device to the AMF. Or the target access network device may also first report the QoS profile determined by the target access network device to the AMF, and then send the determined QoS profile to the source access network device. Or the target access network device can also send the determined QoS profile to the AMF and the source access network device at the same time.
步骤460:源接入网设备向终端设备发送切换命令。Step 460: The source access network device sends a handover command to the terminal device.
源接入网设备可以向终端设备发送切换命令,本申请实施例对切换命令中包含的参数不做具体限定。作为一个示例,该切换命令中可以包含目标接入网设备针对选定的QoS profile所确定的无线资源参数配置,以便于终端设备根据目标接入网设备配置的无线资源参数,和该目标接入网设备进行数据传输。作为另一个示例,该切换命令中可以包含随机接入等参数,在终端设备根据随机接入参数接入到目标接入网设备后,再向终端设备发送目标接入网设备针对选定的QoS profile所确定的无线资源参数配置,以便于终端设备根据目标接入网设备配置的无线资源参数,和该目标接入网设备进行数据传输。The source access network device may send a handover command to the terminal device, and the embodiment of the application does not specifically limit the parameters included in the handover command. As an example, the handover command may include the wireless resource parameter configuration determined by the target access network device for the selected QoS profile, so that the terminal device can configure the wireless resource parameters according to the target access network device, and the target access Network equipment for data transmission. As another example, the handover command may include random access and other parameters. After the terminal device accesses the target access network device according to the random access parameters, it then sends the target access network device to the terminal device for the selected QoS The wireless resource parameter configuration determined by the profile allows the terminal device to perform data transmission with the target access network device according to the wireless resource parameter configured by the target access network device.
应理解,本申请实施例中的无线资源参数有多种,例如,可以包括但不限于:PDCP层的参数,RLC层的参数,MAC层的参数。作为示例而非限定,PDCP层的参数可以包括丢弃定时器(discard timer)等,RLC层的参数可以包括RLC最大重传次数、确认模式(acknowledged mode,AM)/非确认模式(unacknowledged mode,UM)等,MAC层的参数可以包括逻辑信道的优先级(priority)等。It should be understood that there are multiple radio resource parameters in the embodiments of the present application. For example, they may include but are not limited to: PDCP layer parameters, RLC layer parameters, and MAC layer parameters. As an example and not limitation, the parameters of the PDCP layer may include discard timers, etc., and the parameters of the RLC layer may include the maximum number of RLC retransmissions, acknowledged mode (AM)/unacknowledged mode (UM). ), etc. The parameters of the MAC layer may include the priority of the logical channel and so on.
步骤470:源接入网设备向AMF发起路径转换(path switch)流程。Step 470: The source access network device initiates a path switch (path switch) process to the AMF.
应理解,步骤470是可选的。可选的,源接入网设备可以向AMF发起path swithch流程,将数据通道从源接入网设备更换到目标接入网设备。也就是说,通过path swithch 流程,将AMF向终端设备发送上述业务流/数据流的数据通道进行更换,将AMF到源接入网设备之间的数据通道更换至AMF到目标接入网设备之间的数据通道。AMF可以通过与目标接入网设备之间的数据通道,与终端设备之间进行数据传输。It should be understood that step 470 is optional. Optionally, the source access network device can initiate a path switch process to the AMF to change the data channel from the source access network device to the target access network device. That is to say, through the path switch process, the data channel through which the AMF sends the above-mentioned service flow/data flow to the terminal device is replaced, and the data channel between the AMF and the source access network device is replaced with the one from the AMF to the target access network device. Data channel between. AMF can transmit data with terminal equipment through the data channel with the target access network equipment.
本申请实施例中,AMF可以根据步骤440或步骤450中上报的目标接入网设备确定QoS profile,确定是否对发送给目标接入网设备进行传输的业务流/数据流处理。例如,根据目标接入网设备传输上述业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile,确定是否需要对业务流/数据流进行裁剪,使得裁剪之后的业务流/数据流可以符合目标接入网设备使用的QoS profile对应的服务质量。下面结合具体的例子进行详细描述。In the embodiment of the present application, the AMF may determine the QoS profile according to the target access network device reported in step 440 or step 450, and determine whether to process the service stream/data stream sent to the target access network device for transmission. For example, according to the QoS profile used by the target access network device to transmit the above service stream/data stream, determine whether the service stream/data stream needs to be tailored so that the tailored service stream/data stream can meet the usage of the target access network equipment The quality of service corresponding to the QoS profile. A detailed description will be given below in conjunction with specific examples.
例如,源接入网设备选择了QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms)来传输上述业务流/数据流,当终端设备切换至目标接入网设备,该目标接入网设备选择了QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)来传输上述业务流/数据流。也就是说,终端设备在源接入网设备的GBR业务速率是2Mbps,切换到目标接入网设备的小区后GBR业务速率改为1Mbps,因此,可以减少目标接入网设备发送至终端设备的数据数量,从而实现GBR业务速率由2Mbps改为1Mbps。具体的减少目标接入网设备发送至终端设备的数据数量的实现方式有多种,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。For example, the source access network device selects QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms) to transmit the above service flow/data flow. When the terminal device switches to the target access network device, the target access network device selects QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms) to transmit the above service flow/data flow. That is to say, the GBR service rate of the terminal equipment at the source access network equipment is 2 Mbps. After switching to the cell of the target access network equipment, the GBR service rate is changed to 1 Mbps. Therefore, the transmission of the target access network equipment to the terminal equipment can be reduced. The amount of data to realize the GBR service rate from 2Mbps to 1Mbps. There are multiple specific implementation manners for reducing the amount of data sent by the target access network device to the terminal device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为一个示例,AMF可以通知核心网的用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)减小发送给目标接入网设备的用户数据的速率,从而实现GBR业务速率由2Mbps改为1Mbps。具体的,AMF可以通知UPF将用户数据存储在自己的网元中,通过更长的时间,慢慢向目标接入网设备传输。也就是说,减小UPF向目标接入网设备发送数据的速率,但不丢弃包,慢慢发,这样会增加数据包的存储时间,从AMF到目标接入网设备来看,增加了数据包的传输时延。As an example, the AMF may notify the user plane function (UPF) of the core network to reduce the rate of user data sent to the target access network device, thereby realizing the GBR service rate from 2Mbps to 1Mbps. Specifically, the AMF can notify the UPF to store user data in its own network element, and slowly transmit it to the target access network device over a longer period of time. In other words, reduce the rate at which UPF sends data to the target access network device, but do not discard the packet, and send it slowly. This will increase the storage time of the data packet. From the AMF to the target access network device, it increases the data. The transmission delay of the packet.
需要说明的是,这种实现方式中,目标接入网设备接收到UPF发送的数据包后,都需要通过空口向终端设备进行传输。It should be noted that in this implementation manner, after the target access network device receives the data packet sent by the UPF, it needs to transmit to the terminal device through the air interface.
作为另一个示例,AMF通知UPF减小发送给目标接入网设备的用户数据的数量,从而实现GBR业务速率由2Mbps改为1Mbps。具体的,AMF可以根据某些规则通知UPF需要通过空口向目标接入网设备发送的数据包,将需要通过空口向目标接入网设备发送的数据包发给目标接入网设备,将不需要空口向目标接入网设备发送的数据包则不发给目标接入网设备。As another example, the AMF notifies the UPF to reduce the amount of user data sent to the target access network device, so that the GBR service rate is changed from 2 Mbps to 1 Mbps. Specifically, according to certain rules, AMF can notify UPF of data packets that need to be sent to the target access network device through the air interface, and send the data packets that need to be sent to the target access network device through the air interface to the target access network device. Data packets sent by the air interface to the target access network device are not sent to the target access network device.
需要说明的是,这种实现方式中,目标接入网设备接收到UPF发送的数据包后,都需要通过空口向终端设备进行传输。It should be noted that in this implementation manner, after the target access network device receives the data packet sent by the UPF, it needs to transmit to the terminal device through the air interface.
作为另一个示例,目标接入网设备减小发送给终端设备的用户数据的数量。这种实现方式中,AMF不减少发给目标接入网设备的用户数据的速率,目标接入网设备在接收到用户数据后,根据某些规则确定需要通过空口向终端设备发送的数据包。可以将需要通过空口发送的数据包发送至终端设备,将不需要空口发送的数据包则不发给终端设备。As another example, the target access network device reduces the amount of user data sent to the terminal device. In this implementation manner, the AMF does not reduce the rate of user data sent to the target access network device. After the target access network device receives the user data, it determines the data packet that needs to be sent to the terminal device through the air interface according to certain rules. Data packets that need to be sent over the air interface can be sent to the terminal device, and data packets that do not need to be sent over the air interface are not sent to the terminal device.
步骤480:终端设备接入目标接入网设备的小区,通过目标接入网设备的小区按确定的QoS profile传输业务。Step 480: The terminal device accesses the cell of the target access network device, and transmits the service according to the determined QoS profile through the cell of the target access network device.
终端设备接入目标接入网设备的小区,并通过上述步骤420中目标接入网设备确定的传输上述业务流/数据流使用的QoS profile进行数据传输。The terminal device accesses the cell of the target access network device, and performs data transmission through the QoS profile determined by the target access network device in step 420 to transmit the foregoing service flow/data flow.
值得说明的是,如果终端设备在目标接入网设备下采用目标接入网设备自己生成的 QoS profile A’传输业务,下一次终端设备的切换过程中,该目标接入网设备将终端设备切换到第二个目标接入网设备下的小区时,只需要向第二目标接入网设备提供其存储的QoS profile列表,即步骤410中源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送至少两种QoS profile即可,不需要向第二目标接入网设备提供自己另行生成的QoS profile A’。It is worth noting that if the terminal device uses the QoS profile A'generated by the target access network device under the target access network device, the next time the terminal device is switched, the target access network device will switch the terminal device When reaching the cell under the second target access network device, it only needs to provide the second target access network device with its stored QoS profile list, that is, in step 410, the source access network device sends at least two items to the target access network device. This QoS profile is sufficient, and there is no need to provide a separately generated QoS profile A'to the second target access network device.
需要说明的是,该目标接入网设备自己生成的QoS profile A’不是从AMF获取的,也就是说,QoS profile A’不在AMF通知的QoS profile列表之内。It should be noted that the QoS profile A'generated by the target access network device itself is not obtained from the AMF, that is, the QoS profile A'is not included in the QoS profile list notified by the AMF.
上述技术方案中,终端设备在切换的场景中,源接入网设备可以向目标接入网设备发送至少一个QoS profile,目标接入网设备可以从至少一个QoS profile中确定出一个QoS profile,该QoS profile相对于源接入网设备在进行数据传输时使用的QoS profile,降低了终端设备某个业务流/数据流的QoS服务质量。In the above technical solution, in a handover scenario of a terminal device, the source access network device can send at least one QoS profile to the target access network device, and the target access network device can determine a QoS profile from the at least one QoS profile. Compared with the QoS profile used by the source access network device during data transmission, the QoS profile reduces the QoS service quality of a certain service flow/data flow of the terminal device.
下面以在切换场景中提高终端设备某个业务流/数据流的QoS服务质量为例,结合图5,对本申请实施例提供的数据传输的方法进行详细描述。图5所示的例子仅仅是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例,而非要将申请实施例限制于所示例的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据所给出的图5的例子,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改和变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。In the following, taking the improvement of the QoS service quality of a certain service flow/data flow of a terminal device in a handover scenario as an example, in conjunction with FIG. 5, the data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail. The example shown in FIG. 5 is only to help those skilled in the art understand the embodiments of the present application, and is not intended to limit the application embodiments to the specific numerical values or specific scenarios illustrated. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the example of FIG. 5 given, and such modifications and changes also fall within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
需要说明的是,对于将PDU会话(session)从源接入网设备转移到目标接入网设备的场景,也可以适用于图5中的方法。It should be noted that the scenario in which the PDU session (session) is transferred from the source access network device to the target access network device can also be applied to the method in FIG. 5.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以包括步骤510-580,下面分别对步骤505-580进行详细描述。FIG. 5 is another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method may include steps 510-580, and steps 505-580 will be described in detail below.
步骤510:源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送至少两种QoS profile。Step 510: The source access network device sends at least two QoS profiles to the target access network device.
可选地,在步骤510之前还包括步骤505,步骤505中源接入网设备可以和终端设备之间进行数据传输,可选地,在步骤510之前还包括步骤506,步骤506中终端设备可以向源接入网设备上报测量报告(measurement report)。Optionally, step 505 is further included before step 510. In step 505, the source access network device can transmit data with the terminal device. Optionally, step 506 is further included before step 510. In step 506, the terminal device can Report a measurement report to the source access network device.
源接入网设备在收到终端设备发送的测量报告(measurement report)之后,判决是否需要向目标接入网设备发送业务承载请求消息。该业务承载请求消息中携带至少两种QoS profile。该至少两种QoS profile可以是AMF通知给源接入网设备的所有QoS profile,或者还可以是AMF通知给源接入网设备的QoS profile中的一部分,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。具体的请参考步骤410中的描述,此处不再赘述。After receiving the measurement report (measurement report) sent by the terminal device, the source access network device determines whether it needs to send a service bearer request message to the target access network device. The service bearer request message carries at least two QoS profiles. The at least two QoS profiles may be all the QoS profiles notified by the AMF to the source access network device, or may also be part of the QoS profiles notified by the AMF to the source access network device, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application . For details, please refer to the description in step 410, which will not be repeated here.
一种可能的业务承载请求消息中携带的可能的3种QoS profile如下所示。The three possible QoS profiles carried in a possible service bearer request message are as follows.
alternative QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms)alternative QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms)
alternative QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)alternative QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms)
alternative QoS profile C(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=20ms)alternative QoS profile C (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=20ms)
其中,源接入网设备在传输上述业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile为QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)。Among them, the QoS profile used by the source access network device to transmit the above service flow/data flow is QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms).
步骤520:目标接入网设备根据源接入网设备发送的至少两种QoS profile确定满足的QoS profile。Step 520: The target access network device determines the satisfied QoS profile according to at least two QoS profiles sent by the source access network device.
目标接入网设备可以根据当前的网络负荷,以及其它因素,如硬件处理能力、网络架构等确定可以满足的QoS profile。具体的实现方式有多种,一种可能的实现方式中,目标接入网设备从至少两种QoS profile中选择一个自己能满足的QoS profile。另一种可能的实 现方式中,目标接入网设备根据至少两种QoS profile自己生成一个QoS profile。具体的请参考步骤410中的描述,此处不再赘述。The target access network device can determine the QoS profile that can be satisfied based on the current network load and other factors, such as hardware processing capabilities and network architecture. There are multiple specific implementation modes. In one possible implementation mode, the target access network device selects a QoS profile that it can satisfy from at least two QoS profiles. In another possible implementation manner, the target access network device generates a QoS profile by itself based on at least two QoS profiles. For details, please refer to the description in step 410, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例中,源接入网设备在传输上述业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile为QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms),目标接入网设备根据空口条件变好,当前的网络负荷变小等原因,可以确定提升源接入网设备所使用的QoS profile的水平。具体的,目标接入网设备可以从3种QoS profile中选择一个自己的无线资源可以满足的QoS profile。例如,目标接入网设备选择QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms)。In the embodiment of this application, the QoS profile used by the source access network device to transmit the above service flow/data flow is QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms), and the target access network device becomes better according to the air interface conditions. For reasons such as the decrease of the network load of the source access network, the level of the QoS profile used by the source access network equipment can be determined. Specifically, the target access network device can select a QoS profile that can be satisfied by its own radio resources from the three QoS profiles. For example, the target access network device selects QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms).
步骤530:目标接入网设备向源接入网设备发送确定的QoS profile。Step 530: The target access network device sends the determined QoS profile to the source access network device.
与步骤430对应,具体的请参考步骤430中的描述,此处不再赘述。Corresponding to step 430, please refer to the description in step 430 for details, which will not be repeated here.
步骤540:源接入网设备向AMF发送目标接入网设备确定的QoS profile。Step 540: The source access network device sends the QoS profile determined by the target access network device to the AMF.
与步骤440对应,具体的请参考步骤440中的描述,此处不再赘述。Corresponding to step 440, please refer to the description in step 440 for details, which will not be repeated here.
步骤550:目标接入网设备向AMF通知该目标接入网设备确定QoS profile。Step 550: The target access network device notifies the AMF that the target access network device determines the QoS profile.
与步骤450对应,具体的请参考步骤450中的描述,此处不再赘述。Corresponds to step 450. For details, please refer to the description in step 450, which will not be repeated here.
步骤560:源接入网设备向终端设备发送切换命令。Step 560: The source access network device sends a handover command to the terminal device.
与步骤460对应,具体的请参考步骤460中的描述,此处不再赘述。Corresponding to step 460, please refer to the description in step 460 for details, which will not be repeated here.
步骤570:源接入网设备向AMF发起路径转换(path swithch)流程。Step 570: The source access network device initiates a path switch (path switch) process to the AMF.
与步骤570对应,具体的请参考步骤570中的描述,此处不再赘述。Corresponding to step 570, please refer to the description in step 570 for details, which will not be repeated here.
步骤580:终端设备接入目标接入网设备的小区,通过目标接入网设备的小区按确定的QoS profile传输业务。Step 580: The terminal device accesses the cell of the target access network device, and transmits the service according to the determined QoS profile through the cell of the target access network device.
与步骤580对应,具体的请参考步骤580中的描述,此处不再赘述。Corresponds to step 580. For details, please refer to the description in step 580, which will not be repeated here.
上述技术方案中,源接入网设备可以向目标接入网设备发送至少一个QoS profile,目标接入网设备可以从至少一个QoS profile中确定出一个QoS profile,该QoS profile相对于源接入网设备在进行数据传输时使用的QoS profile,可以提升终端设备某个业务流/数据流的QoS服务质量。In the above technical solution, the source access network device can send at least one QoS profile to the target access network device, and the target access network device can determine a QoS profile from the at least one QoS profile. The QoS profile is relative to the source access network device. The QoS profile used by the device during data transmission can improve the QoS service quality of a certain service flow/data flow of the terminal device.
下面以在非切换场景中提高终端设备某个业务流/数据流的QoS服务质量为例,结合图6,对本申请实施例提供的数据传输的方法进行详细描述。图6所示的例子仅仅是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例,而非要将申请实施例限制于所示例的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据所给出的图6的例子,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改和变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。In the following, taking the improvement of the QoS service quality of a certain service flow/data flow of a terminal device in a non-handover scenario as an example, the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 6. The example shown in FIG. 6 is only to help those skilled in the art understand the embodiments of the present application, and is not intended to limit the application embodiments to the specific numerical values or specific scenarios illustrated. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes according to the example of FIG. 6 given, and such modifications and changes also fall within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以包括步骤610-650,下面分别对步骤610-650进行详细描述。Fig. 6 is another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method may include steps 610-650, and steps 610-650 will be described in detail below.
步骤610:接入网设备在与终端设备之间使用第一QoS profile进行业务流/数据流传输。Step 610: The access network device uses the first QoS profile to perform service flow/data flow transmission with the terminal device.
为了便于描述,下面列举出一种可能的业务承载请求消息中携带的可能的3种QoS profile。For ease of description, three possible QoS profiles carried in a possible service bearer request message are listed below.
alternative QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms)alternative QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms)
alternative QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)alternative QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms)
alternative QoS profile C(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=20ms)alternative QoS profile C (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=20ms)
其中,接入网设备在与终端设备之间传输业务流/数据流所使用的第一QoS profile为 QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)。Among them, the first QoS profile used by the access network device to transmit the service flow/data flow between the terminal device and the terminal device is QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms).
步骤620:接入网设备将与终端设备之间传输业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile更换为第二QoS profile。Step 620: The access network device changes the QoS profile used to transmit the service flow/data flow between the terminal device and the terminal device to the second QoS profile.
在步骤610中,可能由于空口条件变差,当前的网络负荷变大等原因,接入网设备使用QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)与终端设备之间传输业务流/数据流。过一段时间后,如果接入网设备发现其空口条件变好,当前的网络负荷变小等,可以在步骤620中,对步骤610中接入网设备使用的QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)进行更换,从而提升接入网设备所使用的QoS profile对应的服务质量。更换的具体实现方式有多种,下面分别对不同的实现方式进行详细描述。In step 610, the access network device may use the QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms) to transmit the service flow/data flow between the terminal device and the terminal device due to the deterioration of the air interface condition and the current network load. After a period of time, if the access network equipment finds that its air interface conditions have improved, the current network load has decreased, etc., in step 620, the QoS profile used by the access network equipment in step 610 can be adjusted B (GBR = 1Mbps, PDB =10ms) to be replaced, so as to improve the quality of service corresponding to the QoS profile used by the access network equipment. There are many specific implementations of replacement, and the different implementations are described in detail below.
一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备在从AMF获取到的QoS profile列表中选择一个自己能满足的QoS profile作为第二QoS profile。并根据该第二QoS profile确定对应的无线资源配置。具体的,以接入网设备从AMF获取到的QoS profile为上述的QoS profile A、QoS profile B、QoS profile C为例,从中选择出一个可以满足的QoS profile,例如,目标接入网设备选择QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms)。In a possible implementation manner, the access network device selects a QoS profile that it can satisfy from the QoS profile list obtained from the AMF as the second QoS profile. And determine the corresponding radio resource configuration according to the second QoS profile. Specifically, take the QoS profile A, QoS profile B, and QoS profile C obtained by the access network equipment from the AMF as an example to select a QoS profile that can be satisfied, for example, the target access network equipment selection QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms).
另一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备根据从AMF获取到的QoS profile列表自己生成一个QoS profile。具体地,当接入网设备发现AMF提供的QoS profile粒度太粗,可以自己生成一个QoS profile。以上文中列举的3种QoS profile为例,接入网设备发现自己由于空口条件变好,当前的网络负荷变小等原因,可以自己生成一个满足当前条件的QoS profile。例如,接入网设备自己生成的QoS profile A’(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=10ms),该QoS profile A’可以作为更换后的第二QoS profile,并根据该第二QoS profile确定对应的无线资源配置。In another possible implementation manner, the access network device generates a QoS profile by itself according to the QoS profile list obtained from the AMF. Specifically, when the access network device finds that the granularity of the QoS profile provided by the AMF is too coarse, it can generate a QoS profile by itself. The three QoS profiles listed in the above article are examples. When the access network device finds that the air interface conditions become better, the current network load becomes smaller, etc., it can generate a QoS profile that meets the current conditions. For example, the QoS profile A'(GBR=2Mbps, PDB=10ms) generated by the access network device itself, the QoS profile A'can be used as the second QoS profile after replacement, and the corresponding radio resource is determined according to the second QoS profile Configuration.
需要说明的是,目标接入网设备另行生成的QoS profile,有一个底线,即不能比源接入网设备提供的QoS profile列表中最后一项的QoS profile更低。如果源接入网设备提供的QoS profile列表不是按照一定的顺序排列,那么目标接入网设备另行生成的QoS profile不能比列表中服务质量最低的那一个QoS profile更低。It should be noted that the QoS profile separately generated by the target access network device has a bottom line, that is, it cannot be lower than the QoS profile of the last item in the QoS profile list provided by the source access network device. If the QoS profile list provided by the source access network device is not arranged in a certain order, the QoS profile separately generated by the target access network device cannot be lower than the QoS profile with the lowest service quality in the list.
步骤630:接入网设备向AMF发送其更换后的第二QoS profile。Step 630: The access network device sends its changed second QoS profile to the AMF.
具体的,接入网设备可以在发现自己可以提升进行数据传输时的服务质量,可以向AMF发送QoS resume请求消息,该QoS resume请求消息中可以指示接入网设备更换后的第二QoS profile。Specifically, when the access network device finds that it can improve the quality of service during data transmission, it can send a QoS resume request message to the AMF, and the QoS resume request message can indicate the second QoS profile after the access network device is replaced.
具体的指示方式有多种,作为一个示例,接入网设备可以将第二QoS profile的信息发送给AMF,例如,接入网设备从至少两种QoS profile中选择一个自己能满足的QoS profileA(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms),接入网设备可以将QoS profile A在QoS profile列表中的索引号发送给AMF。作为另一个示例,接入网设备还可以将第二QoS profile的所有参数发送给AMF,例如,接入网设备根据至少两种QoS profile自己生成一个QoS profile A’(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=10ms),接入网设备可以将QoS profile A’的参数,该参数可以包括但不限于:GBR、PDB、PER等发送给AMF。作为另一个示例,接入网设备还可以仅向AMF指示请提高QoS,而不需要向AMF指示具体的QoS profile,由AMF根据接入网设备指示的需要提高QoS确定具体的QoS profile。There are many specific indication methods. As an example, the access network device can send the information of the second QoS profile to the AMF. For example, the access network device selects a QoS profile that it can satisfy from at least two QoS profiles. GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms), the access network device can send the index number of the QoS profile A in the QoS profile list to the AMF. As another example, the access network device may also send all the parameters of the second QoS profile to the AMF. For example, the access network device generates a QoS profile A'(GBR=2Mbps, PDB=10ms) according to at least two QoS profiles. ), the access network device can send the QoS profile A'parameters, which can include but are not limited to: GBR, PDB, PER, etc., to the AMF. As another example, the access network device may also only indicate to the AMF to increase the QoS, without indicating the specific QoS profile to the AMF. The AMF determines the specific QoS profile according to the need to increase the QoS indicated by the access network device.
可选的,在一些实施例中,AMF在接收到接入网设备发送的更换后的第二QoS profile 之后,可以向接入网设备发送响应,表示自己同意该请求。如果接入网设备修改QoS需要AMF配合,该AMF需要向接入网设备发送响应。例如,对于步骤470中,目标接入网设备选择了QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)来传输上述业务流/数据流,由AMF减小发送给目标接入网设备的用户数据的速率。当接入网设备将与终端设备之间传输业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)更换为QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms)时,需要AMF取消或修改对用户数据的裁剪。Optionally, in some embodiments, after receiving the changed second QoS profile sent by the access network device, the AMF may send a response to the access network device, indicating that it agrees to the request. If the access network device needs to cooperate with the AMF to modify the QoS, the AMF needs to send a response to the access network device. For example, in step 470, the target access network device selects QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms) to transmit the above service flow/data flow, and the AMF reduces the amount of user data sent to the target access network device. rate. When the access network device changes the QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms) used to transmit the service flow/data flow with the terminal device to the QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms), AMF is required Cancel or modify the tailoring of user data.
具体的,以第二QoS profile为QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms)作为示例,如果AMF接受接入网设备更换后的QoS profile A,可以向接入网设备指示自己同意该第二QoS profile。如果AMF不接受接入网设备更换后的QoS profile A,可以向接入网设备指示自己的否定意见,接入网设备会重新选择一个第二QoS profile,并通知AMF。Specifically, taking the second QoS profile as QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms) as an example, if the AMF accepts the QoS profile A after the replacement of the access network device, it can indicate to the access network device that it agrees to the second QoS profile. If the AMF does not accept the QoS profile A after the replacement of the access network device, it can indicate its negative opinion to the access network device, and the access network device will re-select a second QoS profile and notify the AMF.
步骤640:接入网设备向终端设备发送无线资源参数。Step 640: The access network device sends wireless resource parameters to the terminal device.
接入网设备可以根据更新后的第二QoS profile,生成对应的无线资源参数配置。并可以将该无线资源参数配置发送给终端设备,以便于终端设备根据该无线资源参数配置和该接入网设备进行数据传输。具体的,接入网设备可以通过RRC重配置(RRC reconfiguration)消息向终端设备发送第二QoS profile对应的无线资源参数配置。The access network device can generate the corresponding radio resource parameter configuration according to the updated second QoS profile. The wireless resource parameter configuration can be sent to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can perform data transmission with the access network device according to the wireless resource parameter configuration. Specifically, the access network device may send the radio resource parameter configuration corresponding to the second QoS profile to the terminal device through an RRC reconfiguration (RRC reconfiguration) message.
步骤650:终端设备根据该无线资源参数配置和接入网设备进行数据传输。Step 650: The terminal device performs data transmission with the access network device according to the wireless resource parameter configuration.
下面以在非切换场景中降低终端设备某个业务流/数据流的QoS服务质量为例,结合图7,对本申请实施例提供的数据传输的方法进行详细描述。图7所示的例子仅仅是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例,而非要将申请实施例限制于所示例的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据所给出的图7的例子,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改和变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。Taking the reduction of the QoS service quality of a certain service flow/data flow of a terminal device in a non-handover scenario as an example, the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. The example shown in FIG. 7 is only to help those skilled in the art understand the embodiments of the present application, and is not intended to limit the application embodiments to the specific numerical values or specific scenarios illustrated. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes according to the example of FIG. 7 given, and such modifications and changes also fall within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以包括步骤710-750,下面分别对步骤710-750进行详细描述。FIG. 7 is another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method may include steps 710-750, and steps 710-750 will be described in detail below.
步骤710:接入网设备在与终端设备之间传输业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile为第一QoS profile。Step 710: The QoS profile used by the access network device to transmit the service flow/data flow between the access network device and the terminal device is the first QoS profile.
为了便于描述,下面列举出一种可能的业务承载请求消息中携带的可能的3种QoS profile。For ease of description, three possible QoS profiles carried in a possible service bearer request message are listed below.
alternative QoS profile A(GBR=2Mbps,PDB=15ms)alternative QoS profile A (GBR=2Mbps, PDB=15ms)
alternative QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)alternative QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms)
alternative QoS profile C(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=20ms)alternative QoS profile C (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=20ms)
其中,接入网设备在与终端设备之间传输业务流/数据流所使用的第一QoS profile为QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)。Among them, the first QoS profile used by the access network device to transmit the service flow/data flow between the terminal device and the terminal device is QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms).
步骤720:接入网设备将与终端设备之间传输业务流/数据流所使用的QoS profile更换为第二QoS profile。Step 720: The access network device replaces the QoS profile used to transmit the service flow/data flow with the terminal device to the second QoS profile.
在步骤710中,可能由于空口条件较好,当前的网络负荷较小,接入网设备使用QoS profile B(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=10ms)与终端设备之间传输业务流/数据流。过一段时间后,如果接入网设备发现其空口条件变差,当前的网络负荷变大等,可以在步骤720中,对步骤710中接入网设备使用的QoS profile B进行更换,从而降低接入网设备所使用的QoS profile的水平。更换的具体实现方式有多种,一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备在从 AMF获取到的QoS profile列表中选择一个自己能满足的QoS profile作为第二QoS profile。另一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备根据从AMF获取到的QoS profile列表自己生成一个QoS profile。该方法和步骤620中的方法对应,具体的请参见步骤620中的描述,此处不再赘述。In step 710, due to better air interface conditions and lower current network load, the access network device uses QoS profile B (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=10ms) to transmit service flow/data flow between the terminal device and the terminal device. After a period of time, if the access network equipment finds that its air interface conditions have deteriorated, the current network load has increased, etc., in step 720, the QoS profile B used by the access network equipment in step 710 can be replaced to reduce the access The level of the QoS profile used by the networked device. There are multiple specific implementation methods for replacement. In one possible implementation, the access network device selects a QoS profile that it can satisfy from the QoS profile list obtained from AMF as the second QoS profile. In another possible implementation manner, the access network device generates a QoS profile by itself according to the QoS profile list obtained from the AMF. This method corresponds to the method in step 620. For details, please refer to the description in step 620, which will not be repeated here.
为了便于描述,下文中以更换后的第二QoS profile为QoS profile C(GBR=1Mbps,PDB=20ms)作为示例进行说明。For ease of description, the second QoS profile after replacement is QoS profile C (GBR=1Mbps, PDB=20ms) as an example for description.
步骤730:接入网设备向AMF发送其更换后的第二QoS profile。Step 730: The access network device sends its changed second QoS profile to the AMF.
与步骤630对应,具体的请参考步骤630中的描述,此处不再赘述。Corresponding to step 630, please refer to the description in step 630 for details, which will not be repeated here.
步骤640:接入网设备向终端设备发送无线资源参数。Step 640: The access network device sends wireless resource parameters to the terminal device.
与步骤640对应,具体的请参考步骤640中的描述,此处不再赘述。Corresponds to step 640. For details, please refer to the description in step 640, which will not be repeated here.
步骤650:终端设备根据该无线资源参数配置和接入网设备进行数据传输。Step 650: The terminal device performs data transmission with the access network device according to the wireless resource parameter configuration.
与步骤650对应,具体的请参考步骤650中的描述,此处不再赘述。It corresponds to step 650. For details, please refer to the description in step 650, which will not be repeated here.
上文中描述了接入网设备可以根据当前的网络负荷,以及其它因素,如硬件处理能力、网络架构等确定可以满足的QoS profile,根据该QoS profile确定对应的无线资源参数。并可以将该无线资源参数发送给终端设备,以便于终端设备根据接入网设备发送的无线资源参数进行数据传输。对于终端设备而言,如果当前正在使用的无线资源参数为第二无线资源参数,接入网设备下发的新的无线资源参数为第一无线资源参数,该第一无线资源参数与终端设备正在使用的第二无线资源参数不同时,该终端设备的具体行为请参见下面实施例中的描述。It is described above that the access network device can determine the QoS profile that can be satisfied based on the current network load and other factors, such as hardware processing capabilities, network architecture, etc., and determine the corresponding radio resource parameters based on the QoS profile. The wireless resource parameter can be sent to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can perform data transmission according to the wireless resource parameter sent by the access network device. For the terminal device, if the currently used radio resource parameter is the second radio resource parameter, the new radio resource parameter issued by the access network device is the first radio resource parameter, and the first radio resource parameter is the same as the terminal device. When the second radio resource parameters used are different, please refer to the description in the following embodiment for the specific behavior of the terminal device.
一种示例中,以无线资源参数为分组数据汇聚层协议PDCP层所使用的丢弃计时器(discard timer)为例。PDCP层所使用的discard timer与QoS profile中的PDB参数相关。如果PDB变大,那么对应的PDCP层所使用的discard timer变大。相反,如果PDB变小,那么对应的PDCP层所使用的discard timer变小。为了便于描述,下面以终端设备当前使用的第二无线资源参数为第二discard timer,终端设备新接收到的第一无线资源参数为第一discard timer作为示例进行说明。In an example, the radio resource parameter is a discard timer used by the PDCP layer of the packet data convergence layer protocol as an example. The discard timer used by the PDCP layer is related to the PDB parameters in the QoS profile. If the PDB becomes larger, the discard timer used by the corresponding PDCP layer becomes larger. On the contrary, if the PDB becomes smaller, the discard timer used by the corresponding PDCP layer becomes smaller. For ease of description, the second wireless resource parameter currently used by the terminal device is the second discard timer, and the first wireless resource parameter newly received by the terminal device is the first discard timer as an example for description.
应理解,PDCP层所使用的discard timer可以是一种超时定时器,当数据包到达发送方的PDCP层之后,该discard timer开始计时。当discard timer超时后该数据包还未完全发送至接收方,则将该数据包主动放弃。It should be understood that the discard timer used by the PDCP layer may be a timeout timer, and the discard timer starts to count when the data packet reaches the PDCP layer of the sender. When the packet has not been completely sent to the receiver after the discard timer expires, the packet is actively discarded.
具体的,在当前的传输过程中,数据发送方的PDCP层每从其上层接收到一个数据包,可以根据当前使用的第二无线资源参数,启动第二discard timer。当第二discard timer超时,会删除这个数据包。如果这个数据包已经交给RLC层传输,PDCP会指示RLC层删除这个数据包。具体的,一种可能的实现方式中,RLC层还没有开始在空口传输这个数据包,就会删掉这个包,同时,调整后面的数据包的RLC序列号(sequence number,SN),使RLC层数据包的SN连续。另一种可能的实现方式中,RLC层已经开始在空口传输这个数据包,就不做任何处理了。Specifically, in the current transmission process, each time the PDCP layer of the data sender receives a data packet from its upper layer, it can start the second discard timer according to the currently used second radio resource parameter. When the second discard timer expires, this packet will be deleted. If this data packet has been handed over to the RLC layer for transmission, PDCP will instruct the RLC layer to delete this data packet. Specifically, in a possible implementation, the RLC layer will delete the packet before it starts to transmit the data packet on the air interface, and at the same time, adjust the RLC sequence number (SN) of the subsequent data packet to make the RLC layer The SN of the layer data packet is continuous. In another possible implementation, the RLC layer has already started to transmit the data packet on the air interface, so no processing is done.
需要说明的是,在上行数据的传输过程中,该发送方为终端设备侧。如果在下行数据的传输过程中,该发送方为接入网设备侧。下文中以上行数据的传输过程为例进行描述。It should be noted that during the transmission of uplink data, the sender is the terminal device side. If during the downlink data transmission process, the sender is the access network device side. The following describes the transmission process of the upstream data as an example.
当终端设备接收到信息的无线资源参数,例如第一无线资源参数。该终端设备根据第一无线资源参数中包括的第一discard timer确定与当前正在使用的第二discard timer不同。 且PDCP缓存中可能还存在若干数据,这些数据已经按照正在使用的第二discard timer的配置值启动了定时器。该终端设备的具体处理方式有多多种,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。When the terminal device receives the wireless resource parameter of the information, for example, the first wireless resource parameter. The terminal device determines that the first discard timer included in the first radio resource parameter is different from the second discard timer currently in use. In addition, there may still be some data in the PDCP cache, and these data have started the timer according to the configuration value of the second discard timer being used. There are many specific processing methods for the terminal device, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
例如,该终端设备对于PDCP缓存中的数据包,按照当前正在使用的第二discard timer继续运行。新接收到的数据包,可以按照第一discard timer进行处理。For example, for the data packets in the PDCP buffer, the terminal device continues to run according to the second discard timer currently in use. The newly received data packet can be processed according to the first discard timer.
又如,该终端设备对于PDCP缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包,均按照第一discard timer进行处理。具体的,一种可能的实现方式中,如果第一discard timer的值大于第二discard timer的值,PDCP缓存中的所有的数据以及discard timer正在运行的数据,全部增加Δ,即按照第一discard timer的值进行处理。其中,Δ表示第一discard timer的值和第二discard timer的值之间的差。或者,PDCP缓存中的所有的数据全部增加Δ,即按照第一discard timer的值进行处理,discard timer正在运行的数据不变,即按照第二discard timer的值进行处理。具体的是按照上述的哪种方式,可以是协议规定的,或者还可以是接入网设备向终端设备发送的RRC重配置消息中指示的。另一种可能的实现方式中,如果第一discard timer的值小于第二discard timer的值,PDCP缓存中的所有的数据以及discard timer正在运行的数据,可以按照第一discard timer的值进行处理,例如,将上述数据删除,或者不删除。具体的是按照上述的哪种方式,可以是协议规定的,或者还可以是接入网设备向终端设备发送的RRC重配置消息中指示的。For another example, the terminal device processes the data packets in the PDCP buffer and the newly received data packets according to the first discard timer. Specifically, in a possible implementation, if the value of the first discard timer is greater than the value of the second discard timer, all the data in the PDCP cache and the data that the discard timer is running are all increased by Δ, that is, according to the first discard The value of timer is processed. Among them, Δ represents the difference between the value of the first discard timer and the value of the second discard timer. Or, all data in the PDCP cache is increased by Δ, that is, processed according to the value of the first discard timer, and the running data of the discard timer remains unchanged, that is, processed according to the value of the second discard timer. Specifically, according to which of the foregoing methods, it may be stipulated by the protocol, or may also be indicated in the RRC reconfiguration message sent by the access network device to the terminal device. In another possible implementation, if the value of the first discard timer is less than the value of the second discard timer, all data in the PDCP cache and the data that the discard timer is running can be processed according to the value of the first discard timer. For example, delete the above data, or not delete it. Specifically, according to which of the foregoing methods, it may be stipulated by the protocol, or may also be indicated in the RRC reconfiguration message sent by the access network device to the terminal device.
需要说明的是,上文中是以终端设备和接入网设备之间通过空口进行数据传输作为示例,本申请实施例中的上述方法还可以适用于终端设备和终端设备之间通过空口进行数据传输,其实现方式相同,具体的可以参考上文中的描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the above is an example of data transmission between the terminal device and the access network device through the air interface, the above method in the embodiment of this application can also be applied to the data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device through the air interface , Its implementation is the same, and for details, please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
另一种示例中,以无线资源参数为RLC层所使用的RLC最大重传次数为例。一般,接入网设备会通过向终端设备发送的RRC信令配置数据包的RLC最大重传次数。如果一个上行数据包达到RLC最大重传次数,该终端设备可以认为无线链路传输失败。In another example, the radio resource parameter is the maximum number of RLC retransmissions used by the RLC layer as an example. Generally, the access network device configures the maximum number of RLC retransmissions of the data packet through the RRC signaling sent to the terminal device. If an uplink data packet reaches the maximum number of RLC retransmissions, the terminal device can consider that the radio link transmission has failed.
RLC最大重传次数与QoS profile中的PER参数相关。如果PER变低,对应的PDB变长,接入网设备可以通过增大RLC最大重传次数来实现。也就是说,通过RLC层将数据多重传几次,PDB增加,PER减小。相反,如果PER变高,对应的PDB变短,接入网设备可以通过减小RLC最大重传次数来实现。也就是说,通过RLC层将数据少重传几次,PDB减小,PER增加。The maximum number of RLC retransmissions is related to the PER parameter in the QoS profile. If the PER becomes lower, the corresponding PDB becomes longer, and the access network equipment can achieve this by increasing the maximum number of RLC retransmissions. In other words, if the data is transmitted several times through the RLC layer, the PDB increases and the PER decreases. On the contrary, if the PER becomes higher, the corresponding PDB becomes shorter, and the access network device can reduce the maximum number of RLC retransmissions. In other words, the data is retransmitted several times less through the RLC layer, the PDB is reduced and the PER is increased.
为了便于描述,下面以终端设备当前使用的第二无线资源参数为第二RLC最大重传次数,终端设备新接收到的第一无线资源参数为第一RLC最大重传次数作为示例进行说明。For ease of description, the second radio resource parameter currently used by the terminal device is the second maximum number of RLC retransmissions, and the first radio resource parameter newly received by the terminal device is the first maximum number of RLC retransmissions as an example for description.
如果当前传输过程中,RLC层中的数据包已经重传了第二RLC最大重传次数。终端设备可以判断新接收到的第一RLC最大重传次数是否大于上述第二RLC最大重传次数,从而确定是否对数据包进行重传。If in the current transmission process, the data packet in the RLC layer has been retransmitted for the second maximum number of retransmissions of the RLC. The terminal device can determine whether the newly received maximum number of retransmissions of the first RLC is greater than the maximum number of retransmissions of the second RLC, so as to determine whether to retransmit the data packet.
具体的,一种可能的实现方式中,如果一个数据包的第一RLC最大重传次数大于第二RLC最大重传次数,该终端设备可以继续重传该数据包,直到重传次数达到第一RLC最大重传次数,才会认为无线链路传输失败。另一种可能的实现方式中,如果一个数据包的第一RLC最大重传次数小于第二RLC最大重传次数,则该终端设备不再重传该数据包。需要说明的是,在终端设备不再重传该数据包的情况下,终端设备不针对该数据包触发无 线链路传输失败。也就是说,如果某个数据包是因为RLC最大重传次数改变而达到RLC最大重传次数的,不按传统的“RLC达到最大重传次数”处理。可选的,终端设备是否针对该数据包触发无线链路传输失败,可以由接入网设备进行配置。Specifically, in a possible implementation manner, if the maximum number of retransmissions of the first RLC of a data packet is greater than the maximum number of retransmissions of the second RLC, the terminal device may continue to retransmit the data packet until the number of retransmissions reaches the first. The maximum number of RLC retransmissions will be considered a wireless link transmission failure. In another possible implementation manner, if the maximum number of retransmissions of the first RLC of a data packet is less than the maximum number of retransmissions of the second RLC, the terminal device does not retransmit the data packet. It should be noted that in the case that the terminal device does not retransmit the data packet, the terminal device does not trigger the wireless link transmission failure for the data packet. That is to say, if a certain data packet reaches the maximum number of RLC retransmissions due to the change of the maximum number of RLC retransmissions, it will not be processed as the traditional "RLC reaches the maximum number of retransmissions". Optionally, whether the terminal device triggers a wireless link transmission failure for the data packet can be configured by the access network device.
需要说明的是,在上行数据的传输过程中,该发送方为终端设备侧。如果在下行数据的传输过程中,该发送方为接入网设备侧。上文中的描述是以终端设备针对上行数据的传输过程为例进行说明的。同样的,接入网设备侧对于下行数据的传输而言,如果发现传输的下行数据包因为RLC最大重传次数改变而达到RLC最大重传次数的,不按传统的“RLC达到最大重传次数”处理。It should be noted that during the transmission of uplink data, the sender is the terminal device side. If during the downlink data transmission process, the sender is the access network device side. The above description is based on an example of a terminal device's transmission process for uplink data. Similarly, for the transmission of downlink data on the access network device side, if it is found that the transmitted downlink data packet reaches the maximum number of RLC retransmissions due to the change in the maximum number of RLC retransmissions, it does not follow the traditional "RLC reaches the maximum number of retransmissions" "deal with.
还需要说明的是,上文中是以终端设备和接入网设备之间通过空口进行数据传输作为示例。本申请实施例中的上述方法还可以适用于终端设备和终端设备之间通过空口进行数据传输,对RLC最大重传次数改变,也可以按照上述的方法进行处理。具体的可以参考上文中的描述,此处不再赘述。It should also be noted that the above is an example of data transmission between the terminal device and the access network device through the air interface. The foregoing method in the embodiment of the present application may also be applicable to data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device through the air interface, and the maximum number of RLC retransmissions may be changed, and processing may also be performed according to the foregoing method. For details, please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,无线资源参数中还可以包括RLC层的相关定时器参数。例如,对于终端设备正在使用的第二无线资源参数中相关定时器的参数与其新接收到的第一无线资源参数中该相关定时器的参数不同时,终端设备可以不立即改变当前正在运行的定时器的行为,仍按旧的参数处理。如果定时器超时,下一次重启时,则按新接收到的第一无线资源参数中该相关定时器的参数启动。Optionally, the radio resource parameters may also include related timer parameters of the RLC layer. For example, when the parameter of the related timer in the second radio resource parameter being used by the terminal device is different from the parameter of the related timer in the newly received first radio resource parameter, the terminal device may not immediately change the currently running timing The behavior of the device is still processed according to the old parameters. If the timer expires, the next time it is restarted, it will be started according to the parameter of the relevant timer in the newly received first radio resource parameter.
具体的,上述相关定时器的参数可以包括但不限于:poll重新发送(t_PollRetransmit)、重组(T-Reassembly)、禁止状态(T-statusprohibit)。其中,t_Poll Retransmit属于发送方的定时器参数,可以避免过分频繁的要求数据的接收方发送RLC状态报告,以保证其他数据的正常接收/发送。数据的发送方在发送某个poll后启动定时器,如果在该定时器超时后仍未收到接收方发送的RLC状态报告,则该发送方可以再触发一次poll。T-Reassembly属于接收方的定时器参数,数据的接收方针对一个未接收到的数据包,或一个未收齐所有分段的数据包启动的定时器,如果该定时器超时,该数据的接收方不再等待接收数据包。T-statusprohibit属于接收端的禁止发送定时器的参数,控制数据的接收方发送RLC状态报告的间隔,在定时器运行期间不发送RLC状态报告,可以避免接收端频繁发送RLC状态报。数据接收方发出一个RLC状态报告后启动定时器,在该定时器运行期间,不再向数据的发送方发送RLC状态报告。Specifically, the above-mentioned related timer parameters may include, but are not limited to: poll retransmission (t_PollRetransmit), reassembly (T-Reassembly), and prohibition status (T-statusprohibit). Among them, t_Poll Retransmit is a timer parameter of the sender, which can avoid excessively frequently requesting data receivers to send RLC status reports to ensure normal reception/transmission of other data. The sender of data starts a timer after sending a certain poll. If the RLC status report sent by the receiver is not received after the timer expires, the sender can trigger another poll. T-Reassembly is a timer parameter of the receiver. The data receiver starts a timer for an unreceived data packet or a data packet that has not received all the segments. If the timer expires, the data is received The party no longer waits to receive data packets. T-statusprohibit belongs to the parameter of the receiver's prohibition timer. It controls the interval at which the data receiver sends the RLC status report. It does not send the RLC status report during the timer operation, which can avoid the receiver from frequently sending the RLC status report. The data receiver starts the timer after sending an RLC status report. During the running of the timer, no RLC status report is sent to the data sender.
可选地,无线资源参数中还可以包括RLC层的其他相关门限参数,该相关门限参数可以包括但不限于:Poll PDU、Poll Byte。其中,Poll PDU属于数据的发送方维护的参数,表示触发轮询的门限值,如果发出的数据包达到门限,就触发poll。Poll Byte属于数据的发送方维护的参数,如果发出的数据包的字节(Byte)计数达到门限,就触发poll。Optionally, the radio resource parameters may also include other related threshold parameters of the RLC layer, and the related threshold parameters may include, but are not limited to: Poll PDU, Poll Byte. Among them, Poll PDU is a parameter maintained by the sender of the data, and represents the threshold for triggering polling. If the sent data packet reaches the threshold, poll is triggered. Poll Byte is a parameter maintained by the sender of the data. If the byte count of the sent data packet reaches the threshold, poll is triggered.
下面以上行数据的传输过程为例,该传输过程中的数据发送方为终端设备侧,数据的接收方为核心网侧。The following is an example of the upstream data transmission process. In this transmission process, the data sender is the terminal device side, and the data receiver is the core network side.
如果终端设备当前运行的第二无线资源参数中的上述门限参数的大小和其新接收到的第一无线资源参数中上述门限参数的大小不同时,该终端设备的处理方式有多种。一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备先按当前运行的第二无线资源参数中旧的门限参数运行,等到累积到了门限,触发poll后。在重新开始累计时,开始使用其新接收到的第一无线资源参数中新的门限参数值。另一种可能的实现方式中,当前就开始使用其新接收到的第一 无线资源参数中新的门限参数值,此时,如果当前累计的PDU数量已经大于新配置的pollPDU,或当前累计的BYTE数量已经大于新配置的pollByte,可以触发poll。If the size of the threshold parameter in the second radio resource parameter currently operated by the terminal device is different from the size of the threshold parameter in the newly received first radio resource parameter, the terminal device has multiple processing methods. In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device first operates according to the old threshold parameter in the currently operating second radio resource parameter, and waits until the threshold is accumulated, and then poll is triggered. When the accumulation is restarted, it starts to use the new threshold parameter value in the first wireless resource parameter newly received. In another possible implementation, the new threshold parameter value in the newly received first radio resource parameter is currently used. At this time, if the current cumulative number of PDUs is already greater than the newly configured pollPDU, or the current cumulative The number of BYTE is greater than the newly configured pollByte, and poll can be triggered.
可选地,无线资源参数中还可以包括RLC模式改变。RLC模式可以包括确认模式(acknowledged mode,AM)和非确认模式(unacknowledged mode,UM)。其中,UM模式表示数据的发送方进行数据发送但是并不保证传递到对应的接收方,且没有使用重传协议。接收方对所接收到的错误数据标记为错误后递交,或者直接丢弃并向高层报告。AM模式表示数据的发送方进行数据发送并保证传递到对应的接收方,且使用重传协议。接收方对所接收到的错误数据通知发送方进行RLC重传。Optionally, the radio resource parameters may also include RLC mode changes. The RLC mode may include an acknowledged mode (AM) and an unacknowledged mode (UM). Among them, the UM mode means that the sender of the data sends the data but does not guarantee delivery to the corresponding receiver, and the retransmission protocol is not used. The receiver marks the received erroneous data as an error and submits it, or directly discards it and reports it to the higher level. AM mode means that the sender of the data sends the data and guarantees the delivery to the corresponding receiver, and uses the retransmission protocol. The receiver notifies the sender of the received error data to perform RLC retransmission.
作为一个示例,如果终端设备当前运行的第二无线资源参数中的RLC模式为AM,新接收到的第一无线资源参数中的RLC模式为UM。对于数据的发送方而言,从下一个数据包开始,对于需要分段的包,才分配RLC SN。不再重传以前传过的数据包,不再发送poll,将t_PollRetransmit和PollPDU以及PollByte清零,不再使用。对于数据的接收方而言,不再向数据的发送方发送RLC状态报告,将T-Status prohibit清零,不再使用。As an example, if the RLC mode in the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is AM, the RLC mode in the newly received first radio resource parameter is UM. For the data sender, starting from the next data packet, only the RLC SN is allocated to the packet that needs to be segmented. No longer retransmit the previously transmitted data packet, no longer send poll, clear t_PollRetransmit, PollPDU and PollByte, and no longer use it. For the data receiver, the RLC status report is no longer sent to the data sender, the T-Status prohibit is cleared, and it is no longer used.
作为另一个示例,如果终端设备当前运行的第二无线资源参数中的RLC模式为UM,新接收到的第一无线资源参数中的RLC模式为AM。对于数据的发送方而言,从下一个数据包开始,不论是否分段,都分配RLC SN,RLC SN在当前已经分配的值的基础上,继续向后分配。从下一个数据包开始,记录是否收到接收方发来的RLC状态报告,如果没有收到,就重传该数据包。从下一个数据包开始,pollPDU和pollByte开始计数,如果计数达到门限,就发送poll,催促接收方发送RLC状态报告。对于数据的接收方而言,开始记录每一个包是否收到,供生成RLC状态报告时使用。As another example, if the RLC mode in the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is UM, the RLC mode in the newly received first radio resource parameter is AM. For the data sender, starting from the next data packet, regardless of whether it is fragmented or not, the RLC SN is allocated, and the RLC SN continues to be allocated on the basis of the currently allocated value. Starting from the next data packet, record whether the RLC status report from the receiver is received, and if not, retransmit the data packet. Starting from the next data packet, pollPDU and pollByte start counting. If the count reaches the threshold, poll is sent to urge the receiver to send an RLC status report. For the data receiver, it starts to record whether each packet is received for use when generating the RLC status report.
可选的,对于数据的发送方而言,发送方需要向数据的接收方通知需要提供RLC重传的数据包。例如,当前传输的过程中,发送方发出的48、49号数据包正在底层进行重传,发送方从50号数据包开始,记录接收方发来的状态报告,也就是说,发送方可以支持第50号数据包的RLC重传,不支持对第48、49号数据包的RLC重传。发送方通知接收方其可以从第50号数据包开始提供RLC重传服务,则接收方生成RLC状态报告时,从第50号数据包开始计算。Optionally, for the sender of data, the sender needs to notify the receiver of the data that it needs to provide RLC retransmission data packets. For example, during the current transmission process, the sender’s 48 and 49 data packets are being retransmitted at the bottom layer, and the sender starts with the 50 data packet and records the status report sent by the receiver, that is, the sender can support The RLC retransmission of the 50th data packet does not support the RLC retransmission of the 48th and 49th data packets. The sender informs the receiver that it can provide RLC retransmission service from the 50th data packet, and when the receiver generates the RLC status report, it starts counting from the 50th data packet.
需要说明的是,以终端设备和接入网设备之间通过空口进行数据传输为例。在上行数据的传输过程中,数据的发送方为终端设备侧,数据的接收方为接入网设备侧。相反的,在下行数据的传输过程中,数据的发送方为接入网设备侧,数据的接收方为终端设备侧。It should be noted that the data transmission between the terminal device and the access network device through the air interface is taken as an example. During the transmission of uplink data, the sender of the data is the terminal device side, and the receiver of the data is the access network device side. On the contrary, during the transmission of downlink data, the sender of the data is the side of the access network device, and the receiver of the data is the side of the terminal device.
还需要说明的是,上文中是以终端设备和接入网设备之间通过空口进行数据传输作为示例。本申请实施例中的上述方法还可以适用于终端设备和终端设备之间通过空口进行数据传输,对RLC层相关定时器门限参数的改变,也可以按照上述的方法进行处理。具体的可以参考上文中的描述,此处不再赘述。It should also be noted that the above is an example of data transmission between the terminal device and the access network device through the air interface. The foregoing method in the embodiment of the present application may also be applicable to data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device through the air interface, and the change of the threshold parameter of the RLC layer related timer may also be processed according to the foregoing method. For details, please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
另一种示例中,以无线资源参数为MAC层参数为例。在一些实施例中,该MAC层参数为优先级(priority),priority参数用于表示逻辑信道的优先级。In another example, take the wireless resource parameter as the MAC layer parameter as an example. In some embodiments, the MAC layer parameter is priority, and the priority parameter is used to indicate the priority of the logical channel.
终端设备与接入网设备建立连接后,当终端设备需要向接入网设备发送上行数据的时候,必须要有上行资源。如果没有上行资源则终端设备需要先向接入网设备申请上行资源。在终端设备向接入网设备申请上行资源的过程中,需要向接入网设备上报缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR),以便接入网设备为终端设备调度适当的上行资源。具体的, 如果新到达终端设备接入层的数据的优先级高于终端设备的缓存中已有的所有数据的优先级,终端设备可以触发BSR。After the terminal device establishes a connection with the access network device, when the terminal device needs to send uplink data to the access network device, it must have uplink resources. If there is no uplink resource, the terminal device needs to first apply for the uplink resource from the access network device. In the process of a terminal device applying for an uplink resource from an access network device, it needs to report a buffer status report (BSR) to the access network device so that the access network device can schedule appropriate uplink resources for the terminal device. Specifically, if the priority of the data newly arriving at the access layer of the terminal device is higher than the priority of all data already in the buffer of the terminal device, the terminal device may trigger the BSR.
终端设备当前有三个逻辑信道中有缓存的数据。其中,逻辑信道A中缓存有100Bytes,其优先级为4。逻辑信道B中缓存有80Bytes,其优先级为3。逻辑信道C中缓存有50Bytes,其优先级为2。数字越小,优先级越高。如果终端设备新接收到的第一无线资源参数中逻辑信道A的优先级为1,相当于终端设备新接收到的第一无线资源参数中提高了逻辑信道A的优先级。这种情况等同于逻辑信道A中有100Bytes的新数据到达,也可以理解为终端设备从上层接收来100Bytes优先级为1的新数据。此时,该终端设备是否BSR,有以下几种可能的做法。The terminal device currently has data buffered in three logical channels. Among them, the logical channel A has 100 Bytes buffered, and its priority is 4. There are 80Bytes buffered in logical channel B, and its priority is 3. There are 50 Bytes buffered in logical channel C, and its priority is 2. The lower the number, the higher the priority. If the priority of the logical channel A in the first wireless resource parameter newly received by the terminal device is 1, it is equivalent to that the priority of the logical channel A is increased in the first wireless resource parameter newly received by the terminal device. This situation is equivalent to the arrival of 100 Bytes of new data in logical channel A, and it can also be understood that the terminal device receives 100 Bytes of new data with a priority of 1 from the upper layer. At this time, whether the terminal device is BSR or not, there are several possible methods as follows.
一种可能的实现方式中,等同于逻辑信道A中有100Bytes的新数据到达,该终端设备触发BSR。可选地,该触发BSR的类型为常规的(regular)BSR。另一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备知道上述逻辑信道A数据的优先级变化,即接入网设备知道更新QoS配置后终端设备有100Bytes优先级为1的数据,则该终端设备不触发BSR。另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备是否触发BSR,由接入网设备进行配置。如果接入网设备配置触发BSR,则该终端设备触发BSR。如果接入网设备不配置触发BSR,则该终端设备不触发BSR。另一种可能的实现方式中,如果逻辑信道A中100Bytes的数据已经通过之前的BSR上报给接入网设备,则该终端设备不需要再触发BSR。另一种可能的实现方式中,如果逻辑信道A中100Bytes的数据没有通过之前的BSR上报给接入网设备,则该终端设备需要触发BSR。In a possible implementation, it is equivalent to the arrival of 100 Bytes of new data in logical channel A, and the terminal device triggers the BSR. Optionally, the type of the triggered BSR is a regular BSR. In another possible implementation manner, the access network device knows the priority change of the above logical channel A data, that is, the access network device knows that the terminal device has 100 bytes of data with a priority of 1 after the QoS configuration is updated, and the terminal device does not Trigger the BSR. In another possible implementation manner, whether the terminal device triggers the BSR is configured by the access network device. If the access network device is configured to trigger the BSR, the terminal device triggers the BSR. If the access network device is not configured to trigger the BSR, the terminal device does not trigger the BSR. In another possible implementation manner, if 100 Bytes of data in logical channel A has been reported to the access network device through the previous BSR, the terminal device does not need to trigger the BSR. In another possible implementation manner, if 100 Bytes of data in logical channel A is not reported to the access network device through the previous BSR, the terminal device needs to trigger the BSR.
可选地,在一些实施例中,该MAC层参数为优先比特速率(prioritised bit rate,PBR)。应理解,为了避免高优先级的逻辑信道始终占据着接入网设分配给该终端设备的无线资源,从而导致低优先级的逻辑信道无法发送数据,LTE引入了PBR的概念,即在给逻辑信道分配资源之前,配置好各个逻辑信道的数据数率,从而为每个逻辑信道提供了最小数据速率保证,避免低优先级的逻辑信道无法发送数据。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer parameter is a priority bit rate (prioritised bit rate, PBR). It should be understood that, in order to avoid high-priority logical channels always occupying the wireless resources allocated to the terminal equipment by the access network, which will cause the low-priority logical channels to fail to send data, LTE introduces the concept of PBR, which means that Before channel allocation resources, configure the data rate of each logical channel to provide a minimum data rate guarantee for each logical channel, and prevent low-priority logical channels from being unable to send data.
终端设备为每个逻辑信道j维护一个变量Bj,该变量指示了令牌桶里当前可用的token数,且每个token对应1 Byte的数据。PBR参数表示每次增加Bj时,增加的令牌数。如果终端设备当前运行的第二无线资源参数为第一PBR,其新接收到的第一无线资源参数为第二PBR。对于PBR参数由第一PBR改变为第二PBR,该终端设备从下一次开始,按第二PBR增加Bj。The terminal device maintains a variable Bj for each logical channel j, which indicates the number of tokens currently available in the token bucket, and each token corresponds to 1 Byte of data. The PBR parameter represents the number of tokens added each time Bj is increased. If the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is the first PBR, the newly received first radio resource parameter is the second PBR. For the PBR parameter changed from the first PBR to the second PBR, the terminal device will increase Bj according to the second PBR from the next time.
可选地,在一些实施例中,该MAC层参数为桶大小持续时间(bucket size duration,BSD)。BSD决定了令牌桶的“深度”,其与PBR共同确定令牌桶的最大容量(PBR*BSD)。应理解,令牌桶的最大容量限制了每个逻辑信道可以挂起(pending,即缓存在buffer中)的数据总量,Bj的值不能超过令牌桶的最大容量。如果令牌数达到令牌桶的容量,则不再增加令牌桶的容量。如果终端设备当前运行的第二无线资源参数为第一BSD,其新接收到的第一无线资源参数为第二BSD。对于BSD参数由第一BSD改变为第二BSD,该终端设备可以按照第二BSD确定令牌桶的最大容量,从而判断是否增加Bj。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer parameter is bucket size duration (BSD). BSD determines the "depth" of the token bucket, and together with PBR determines the maximum capacity of the token bucket (PBR*BSD). It should be understood that the maximum capacity of the token bucket limits the total amount of data that can be pending (pending, that is, cached in the buffer) for each logical channel, and the value of Bj cannot exceed the maximum capacity of the token bucket. If the number of tokens reaches the capacity of the token bucket, the capacity of the token bucket is not increased. If the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is the first BSD, the newly received first radio resource parameter is the second BSD. For the BSD parameter changed from the first BSD to the second BSD, the terminal device can determine the maximum capacity of the token bucket according to the second BSD, thereby determining whether to increase Bj.
可选地,在一些实施例中,该MAC层参数为逻辑信道组(logical channel group,LCG)。该LCG用于上报BSR时,对待传输的数据进行分组。如果终端设备当前运行的第二无线资源参数为第一LCG,其新接收到的第一无线资源参数为第二LCG,该终端设备可以从 下一次BSR上报开始按照第二LCG对待传输的数据进行分组。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer parameter is a logical channel group (LCG). This LCG is used to group the data to be transmitted when reporting the BSR. If the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is the first LCG, and the newly received first radio resource parameter is the second LCG, the terminal device can perform data to be transmitted according to the second LCG from the next BSR report. Grouping.
可选地,在一些实施例中,该MAC层参数为比特率查询禁止定时器(bit rate query prohibit timer)。该参数用于配置请求比特速率的最短时间。如果终端设备当前运行的第二无线资源参数中的bit rate query prohibit timer与新接收到的第一无线资源参数中的bit rate query prohibit timer不同,终端设备可以从下一次比特率查询禁止(bit rate query)开始使用新接收到的第一无线资源参数中的bit rate query prohibit timer。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer parameter is a bit rate query prohibit timer. This parameter is used to configure the minimum time for requesting the bit rate. If the bit rate query prohibit timer in the second wireless resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is different from the bit rate query prohibit timer in the newly received first wireless resource parameter, the terminal device can prohibit the bit rate query from the next bit rate query. query) Start to use the bit rate query prohibit timer in the newly received first radio resource parameter.
可选地,在一些实施例中,该MAC层参数为调度请求标识(scheduling request identification,SR ID)/logical channel SR-mask/logical channel SR-delay timer applied。上述参数用于配置SR资源与逻辑信道的对应关系。如果终端设备当前运行的第二无线资源参数中的上述参数和新接收到的第一无线资源参数中的上述参数不同,该终端设备可以从下一次SR触发开始,根据新接收到的第一无线资源参数中的上述参数确定SR发送的资源位置。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer parameter is scheduling request identification (scheduling request identification, SR ID)/logical channel SR-mask/logical channel SR-delay timer applied. The above-mentioned parameters are used to configure the correspondence between SR resources and logical channels. If the above-mentioned parameter in the second radio resource parameter currently operating by the terminal device is different from the above-mentioned parameter in the newly received first radio resource parameter, the terminal device can start from the next SR triggering, according to the newly received first radio resource parameter. The above-mentioned parameters in the resource parameters determine the resource location sent by the SR.
可选地,在一些实施例中,该MAC层参数为allowed serving cells/allowed SCS-list/max PUSCH-duration/configuraed grant type1allowed。上述参数用于限定待传输的数据进行无线资源传输所使用的无线资源。如果终端设备当前运行的第二无线资源参数中的上述参数和新接收到的第一无线资源参数中的上述参数不同,该终端设备可以从下一次链路控制协议(link control protocol,LCP)流程开始,使用新接收到的第一无线资源参数中的上述参数确定哪些逻辑信道(logical channel,LCH)中的数据可以传输。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer parameter is allowed serving cells/allowed SCS-list/max PUSCH-duration/configuraed grant type1 allowed. The above-mentioned parameters are used to limit the radio resources used for radio resource transmission of the data to be transmitted. If the above-mentioned parameter in the second radio resource parameter currently running by the terminal device is different from the above-mentioned parameter in the newly received first radio resource parameter, the terminal device can start from the next link control protocol (LCP) process Initially, the above-mentioned parameters in the newly received first radio resource parameters are used to determine which logical channel (logical channel, LCH) data can be transmitted.
需要说明的是,上文中的方法可以适用于终端设备和接入网设备之间通过空口进行数据传输,还可以适用于终端设备和终端设备之间通过空口进行数据传输。对于MAC层相关参数的改变,均可以按照上述的方法进行处理。It should be noted that the above method can be applied to data transmission between a terminal device and an access network device through an air interface, and can also be applied to data transmission between a terminal device and a terminal device through an air interface. The change of the relevant parameters of the MAC layer can be processed according to the above-mentioned method.
可以理解的,终端设备或接入网设备可以执行上述实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照上述实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行上述实施例中的全部操作。It can be understood that the terminal device or the access network device may perform some or all of the steps in the above-mentioned embodiments, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other operations or various operation variations. In addition, each step may be executed in a different order presented in the foregoing embodiment, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the foregoing embodiment.
上文结合图1至图7,详细描述了本申请实施例提供的数据传输的方法,下面将结合图8至图,详细描述本申请的装置实施例。应理解,方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。The data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to Figs. 1 to 7, and the device embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to Figs. 8 to Figs. It should be understood that the description of the method embodiment and the description of the device embodiment correspond to each other, and therefore, the parts that are not described in detail may refer to the previous method embodiment.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置800的示意性框图。可以理解的是,该数据传输的装置800可以是第一核心网设备,也可以是可用于第一核心网设备的部件,该部件可以包括用于第一核心网设备的芯片。FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the data transmission apparatus 800 may be a first core network device, or a component that can be used for the first core network device, and the component may include a chip for the first core network device.
该数据传输的装置800可以包括:The data transmission device 800 may include:
确定模块810,用于根据至少两个服务质量QoS参数确定第一QoS参数;The determining module 810 is configured to determine the first QoS parameter according to at least two quality of service QoS parameters;
发送模块820,用于向终端设备发送第一无线资源配置,所述第一无线资源配置是根据所述第一QoS参数确定的,所述第一无线资源配置用于所述第一接入网设备与终端设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。The sending module 820 is configured to send a first wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, where the first wireless resource configuration is determined according to the first QoS parameter, and the first wireless resource configuration is used for the first access network Between the device and the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
可选地,所述第一QoS参数和所述至少两个QoS参数属于一个协议数据单元PDU会话。Optionally, the first QoS parameter and the at least two QoS parameters belong to one protocol data unit PDU session.
可选地,所述装置800还包括:Optionally, the device 800 further includes:
接收模块830,用于接收第二接入网设备发送的业务承载请求消息,所述业务承载请求消息中携带所述至少两个QoS参数,其中,所述第二接入网设备为所述终端设备的源网络设备,所述第一接入网设备为所述终端设备的目标网络设备。The receiving module 830 is configured to receive a service bearer request message sent by a second access network device, where the service bearer request message carries the at least two QoS parameters, where the second access network device is the terminal The source network device of the device, and the first access network device is the target network device of the terminal device.
可选地,所述确定模块810具体用于:从所述至少两个QoS参数中,选择一个QoS参数作为所述第一QoS参数。Optionally, the determining module 810 is specifically configured to select one QoS parameter from the at least two QoS parameters as the first QoS parameter.
可选地,所述发送模块820还用于:将所述第一QoS参数通知给核心网设备。Optionally, the sending module 820 is further configured to notify the core network device of the first QoS parameter.
可以理解的是,数据传输的装置800可以是第一接入网设备,也可以是可用于第一接入网设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。It can be understood that the data transmission apparatus 800 may be a first access network device, or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit) that can be used for the first access network device.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置900的示意性框图。可以理解的是,该数据传输的装置900可以是第一核心网设备,也可以是可用于第一核心网设备的部件,该部件可以包括用于第一核心网设备的芯片。FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. It is understandable that the data transmission apparatus 900 may be a first core network device, or a component that can be used for the first core network device, and the component may include a chip for the first core network device.
该数据传输的装置900可以包括:The data transmission device 900 may include:
确定模块910,用于根据当前使用的第一服务质量QoS参数确定第二QoS参数;The determining module 910 is configured to determine the second QoS parameter according to the currently used first quality of service QoS parameter;
发送模块920,用于向终端设备发送第二无线资源配置,所述第二无线资源配置是根据所述第二QoS参数确定的,所述第二无线资源配置用于所述第一接入网设备与终端设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。The sending module 920 is configured to send a second wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, the second wireless resource configuration is determined according to the second QoS parameter, and the second wireless resource configuration is used for the first access network Between the device and the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
可选地,所述第二QoS参数和所述第一QoS参数属于一个PDU会话。Optionally, the second QoS parameter and the first QoS parameter belong to one PDU session.
可选地,所述第二QoS参数在QoS参数列表中的位置比所述第一QoS参数在所述QoS参数列表中的位置靠前。Optionally, the position of the second QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list is higher than the position of the first QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置1000的示意性框图。可以理解的是,该数据传输的装置1000可以是终端设备,也可以是可用于终端设备的部件,该部件可以包括用于终端设备的芯片。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the data transmission apparatus 1000 may be a terminal device, or a component that can be used in a terminal device, and the component may include a chip used in the terminal device.
该数据传输的装置1000可以包括:The data transmission device 1000 may include:
接收模块1010,用于接收到第一无线资源配置,所述第一无线资源配置用于所述终端设备与接入网设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输,所述第一无线资源配置与所述终端设备当前使用的第二无线资源配置不同;The receiving module 1010 is configured to receive a first wireless resource configuration, where the first wireless resource configuration is used between the terminal device and the access network device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device , The first wireless resource configuration is different from the second wireless resource configuration currently used by the terminal device;
第一处理模块1020,用于根据所述第二无线资源配置对缓存中的数据包进行处理,根据所述第一无线资源配置对新接收到的数据包进行处理;或者The first processing module 1020 is configured to process data packets in the buffer according to the second wireless resource configuration, and process newly received data packets according to the first wireless resource configuration; or
第二处理模块1030,用于根据所述第一无线资源配置,对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理。The second processing module 1030 is configured to process data packets in the buffer and newly received data packets according to the first wireless resource configuration.
可选地,所述第一无线资源配置和所述第二无线资源配置中包括第一逻辑信道的优先级,所述第一处理模块1020或所述第二处理模块1030具体用于:根据所述第一无线资源配置中第一逻辑信道的优先级高于所述第二无线资源配置中所述第一逻辑信道的优先级,确定所述第一逻辑信道对应的缓存中待发送的数据等同于新数据到达。Optionally, the first radio resource configuration and the second radio resource configuration include the priority of the first logical channel, and the first processing module 1020 or the second processing module 1030 is specifically configured to: The priority of the first logical channel in the first wireless resource configuration is higher than the priority of the first logical channel in the second wireless resource configuration, and it is determined that the data to be sent in the buffer corresponding to the first logical channel is equal As new data arrives.
可选地,所述第一无线资源配置中包括数据汇聚协议PDCP层的第一丢弃计数器discard timer参数,所述第二无线资源配置中包括第二discard timer参数,Optionally, the first wireless resource configuration includes a first discard timer parameter of the PDCP layer of the data convergence protocol, and the second wireless resource configuration includes a second discard timer parameter,
所述第一处理模块1020具体用于:根据所述第二discard timer参数对缓存中的数据包进行处理;根据所述第一discard timer参数对新接收到的数据包进行处理。The first processing module 1020 is specifically configured to: process the data packet in the buffer according to the second discard timer parameter; and process the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
所述第二处理模块1030具体用于:根据所述第一discard timer参数对缓存中的数据 包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理。The second processing module 1030 is specifically configured to process the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
可选地,所述第一无线资源配置中包括第一无线链路控制RLC重传次数,所述第二无线资源配置中包括第二RLC重传次数,Optionally, the first radio resource configuration includes the number of first radio link control RLC retransmissions, and the second radio resource configuration includes the second number of RLC retransmissions,
所述第二处理模块1030具体用于:根据数据包的第二RLC重传次数是否大于所述第一RLC重传次数,确定是否对所述数据包进行重传。The second processing module 1030 is specifically configured to determine whether to retransmit the data packet according to whether the second RLC retransmission times of the data packet is greater than the first RLC retransmission times.
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种通信处理装置50的结构示意图。该通信处理装置50可适用于图1或图2的一项或多项所示出的系统中,执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。作为一个示例,该通信处理装置50例如可以是可以是终端设备,也可以是可用于终端设备的部件,该部件可以包括用于终端设备的芯片。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication processing device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication processing device 50 may be applicable to the system shown in one or more of FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. As an example, the communication processing apparatus 50 may be, for example, a terminal device, or a component that can be used in a terminal device, and the component may include a chip used in the terminal device.
为了便于说明,图11仅示出了通信处理装置50的主要部件。如图11所示,通信处理装置50包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信处理装置50进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持通信处理装置50执行上述方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。For ease of description, FIG. 11 only shows the main components of the communication processing device 50. As shown in FIG. 11, the communication processing device 50 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication processing device 50, execute software programs, and process the data of the software programs, for example, to support the communication processing device 50 to execute the method described in the above method embodiments. Actions. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals. The control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
当通信处理装置50开机后,处理器可以读取存储器的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信处理装置50时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。After the communication processing device 50 is turned on, the processor can read the software program in the memory, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the communication processing device 50, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor. The processor converts the baseband signal into data and performs processing on the data. deal with.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图11仅示出了一个存储器和一个处理器。在实际的通信处理装置50中,可以存在多个处理器和多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以为与处理器处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件,或者为独立的存储元件,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of description, FIG. 11 only shows one memory and one processor. In the actual communication processing device 50, there may be multiple processors and multiple memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device. The memory may be a storage element on the same chip as the processor, that is, an on-chip storage element, or an independent storage element, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述通信处理装置50可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图11中的处理器可以集成基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,通信处理装置50可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,通信处理装置50可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,通信处理装置50的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储器中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。As an optional implementation, the communication processing device 50 may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit is mainly used to process the entire terminal equipment. Perform control, execute software programs, and process data in software programs. The processor in FIG. 11 can integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art can understand that the communication processing device 50 may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the communication processing device 50 may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the communication processing device 50 may Connected through various buses. The baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the memory in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为通信处理装置50的 收发单元501,例如,用于支持通信处理装置50执行接收功能和发送功能。将具有处理功能的处理器502视为通信处理装置50的处理单元502。如图16所示,通信处理装置50包括收发单元501和处理单元502。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元501中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元501中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元501包括接收单元和发送单元,接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 501 of the communication processing device 50, for example, to support the communication processing device 50 to perform the receiving function and the transmitting function. The processor 502 having a processing function is regarded as the processing unit 502 of the communication processing device 50. As shown in FIG. 16, the communication processing device 50 includes a transceiving unit 501 and a processing unit 502. The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 501 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 501 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 501 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The receiving unit may also be called a receiver, an input port, a receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
处理器502可用于执行该存储器存储的指令,以控制收发单元501接收信号和/或发送信号,完成上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。所述处理器502还包括接口,用以实现信号的输入/输出功能。作为一种实现方式,收发单元501的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。The processor 502 may be used to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver unit 501 to receive signals and/or send signals, so as to complete the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. The processor 502 also includes an interface for realizing signal input/output functions. As an implementation manner, the function of the transceiving unit 501 may be implemented by a transceiving circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiving.
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信处理装置60的结构示意图。如图12所示,该通信处理装置60包括处理器601和收发器602。可选的,该通信处理装置600还包括存储器603。其中,处理器601、收发器602和存储器603之间可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器603用于存储计算机程序,该处理器601用于从该存储器603中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器602收发信号。终端设备600还可以包括天线604,用于将收发器602输出的信令通过无线信号发送出去。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication processing device 60 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12, the communication processing device 60 includes a processor 601 and a transceiver 602. Optionally, the communication processing apparatus 600 further includes a memory 603. Among them, the processor 601, the transceiver 602, and the memory 603 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transfer control and/or data signals. The memory 603 is used for storing computer programs, and the processor 601 is used for downloading from the memory 603. Call and run the computer program to control the transceiver 602 to send and receive signals. The terminal device 600 may further include an antenna 604 for transmitting the signaling output by the transceiver 602 through a wireless signal.
作为一个示例,该通信处理装置60例如可以是可以是终端设备,也可以是可用于终端设备的部件,该部件可以包括用于终端设备的芯片。As an example, the communication processing apparatus 60 may be, for example, a terminal device, or a component that can be used in a terminal device, and the component may include a chip used in the terminal device.
上述处理器601和存储器603可以合成一个处理装置,处理器601用于执行存储器603中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器603也可以集成在处理器601中,或者独立于处理器601。The foregoing processor 601 and the memory 603 may be combined into one processing device, and the processor 601 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 603 to implement the foregoing functions. During specific implementation, the memory 603 may also be integrated in the processor 601 or independent of the processor 601.
具体的,该通信处理装置60可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法的各个实施例中。并且,该通信处理装置60中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法的各个实施例中的相应流程。Specifically, the communication processing device 60 may correspond to each embodiment of the method according to the embodiment of the present application. In addition, the units in the communication processing device 60 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding procedures in the various embodiments of the method.
上述处理器601可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的终端设备实现的动作,而收发器602可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的终端设备发送或者接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above-mentioned processor 601 may be used to perform the actions implemented by the terminal device described in the foregoing method embodiments, and the transceiver 602 may be used to perform the actions of sending or receiving by the terminal device described in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,上述通信处理装置60还可以包括电源605,用于给通信处理装置60中的各种器件或电路提供电源。Optionally, the above-mentioned communication processing device 60 may further include a power supply 605 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the communication processing device 60.
除此之外,为了使得通信处理装置60的功能更加完善,该通信处理装置60还可以包括输入单元606、显示单元607、音频电路608、摄像头609和传感器66等中的一个或多个,该音频电路还可以包括扬声器6082、麦克风6084等。In addition, in order to make the functions of the communication processing device 60 more complete, the communication processing device 60 may also include one or more of an input unit 606, a display unit 607, an audio circuit 608, a camera 609, and a sensor 66. The audio circuit may also include a speaker 6082, a microphone 6084, and so on.
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信处理装置70的结构示意图,如可以为基站的结构示意图。作为一个示例,该通信处理装置70例如可以是可以是接入网设备,也可以是可用于接入网设备的部件,该部件可以包括用于接入网设备的芯片。如图13所示,该基站可应用于如图1或图2中的一项或多项所示的系统中。执行上述方法实施例中第一接入网设备或用于第一接入网设备的部件,或源接入网设备或用于源接入网设备的部件执行的功能,或目标接入网设备或用于目标接入网设备的部件执行的功能。通信处理装置70可 包括一个或多个DU 701和一个或多个CU 702。CU702可以与NG core(下一代核心网,NC))通信。所述DU 701可以包括至少一个射频单元7012,至少一个处理器7013和至少一个存储器7014。所述DU701还可以包括至少一个天线7011。所述DU 701部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,以及部分基带处理。CU702可以包括至少一个处理器7022和至少一个存储器7021。CU702和DU701之间可以通过接口进行通信,其中,控制面(control plan)接口可以为Fs-C,比如F1-C,用户面(user plan)接口可以为Fs-U,比如F1-U。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication processing apparatus 70 provided by an embodiment of the present application, for example, it may be a schematic structural diagram of a base station. As an example, the communication processing apparatus 70 may be, for example, an access network device, or a component that can be used for the access network device, and the component may include a chip for the access network device. As shown in Fig. 13, the base station can be applied to the system shown in one or more of Fig. 1 or Fig. 2. Perform the function performed by the first access network device or the component used for the first access network device, or the source access network device or the component used for the source access network device in the above method embodiment, or the target access network device Or used for the functions performed by the components of the target access network equipment. The communication processing device 70 may include one or more DU 701 and one or more CU 702. CU702 can communicate with NGcore (Next Generation Core Network, NC)). The DU 701 may include at least one radio frequency unit 7012, at least one processor 7013, and at least one memory 7014. The DU701 may further include at least one antenna 7011. The DU 701 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals, the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and part of baseband processing. The CU702 may include at least one processor 7022 and at least one memory 7021. CU702 and DU701 can communicate through interfaces, where the control plan interface can be Fs-C, such as F1-C, and the user plan interface can be Fs-U, such as F1-U.
所述CU 702部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述DU 701与CU 702可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。所述CU 702为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能。例如所述CU 702可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于第一接入网设备或用于第一接入网设备的部件,或源接入网设备或用于源接入网设备的部件执行的功能,或目标接入网设备或用于目标接入网设备的部件执行的操作流程。The CU 702 part is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on. The DU 701 and the CU 702 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station. The CU 702 is the control center of the base station, which may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete the baseband processing function. For example, the CU 702 may be used to control the base station to execute the first access network device or the component used for the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiments, or the source access network device or the source access network device. The function performed by the component, or the operation flow performed by the target access network device or the component used for the target access network device.
具体的,CU和DU上的基带处理可以根据无线网络的协议层划分,例如分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层和媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层等的功能设置在DU。又例如,CU实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能,DU实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)、介质接入控制(medium access control,MAC)和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。Specifically, the baseband processing on the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network, for example, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and the functions of the above protocol layers are set in the CU, the protocol layer below PDCP, For example, functions such as the radio link control (RLC) layer and the media access control (media access control, MAC) layer are set in the DU. For another example, CU implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions, DU implements radio link control (radio link control, RLC), medium access Control (medium access control, MAC) and physical (physical, PHY) layer functions.
此外,可选的(图中未示),通信处理装置70可以包括一个或多个天线,一个或多个射频单元,一个或多个DU和一个或多个CU。其中,DU可以包括至少一个处理器和至少一个存储器,至少一个天线和至少一个射频单元可以集成在一个天线装置中,CU可以包括至少一个处理器和至少一个存储器。In addition, optionally (not shown in the figure), the communication processing device 70 may include one or more antennas, one or more radio frequency units, one or more DUs, and one or more CUs. The DU may include at least one processor and at least one memory, at least one antenna and at least one radio frequency unit may be integrated in one antenna device, and the CU may include at least one processor and at least one memory.
在一个实例中,所述CU702可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如5G网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述存储器7021和处理器7022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。所述DU701可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如5G网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述存储器7014和处理器7013可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the CU702 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network (such as a 5G network) with a single access indication, or can respectively support wireless access networks of different access standards. Access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The memory 7021 and the processor 7022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board. The DU701 can be composed of one or more single boards. Multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network with a single access indication (such as a 5G network), and can also support wireless access networks with different access standards (such as LTE network, 5G network or other network). The memory 7014 and the processor 7013 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
图14是本申请实施例提供的通信处理装置80的结构示意图。通信处理装置80可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。所述通信处理装置80可以是芯片,接入网设备(如基站),或,终端设备。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication processing device 80 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication processing device 80 may be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiment, and reference may be made to the description in the foregoing method embodiment. The communication processing device 80 may be a chip, an access network device (such as a base station), or a terminal device.
所述通信处理装置80包括一个或多个处理器801。所述处理器801可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通 信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对装置(如,基站、终端、或芯片等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。所述装置可以包括收发单元,用以实现信号的输入(接收)和输出(发送)。例如,装置可以为芯片,所述收发单元可以是芯片的输入和/或输出电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于终端设备或接入网设备(比如基站)。又如,装置可以为终端设备或接入网设备(比如基站),所述收发单元可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication processing device 80 includes one or more processors 801. The processor 801 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor can be used to control devices (such as base stations, terminals, or chips, etc.), execute software programs, and process software program data. The device may include a transceiving unit to implement signal input (reception) and output (transmission). For example, the device may be a chip, and the transceiver unit may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used for terminal equipment or access network equipment (such as a base station). For another example, the device may be a terminal device or an access network device (such as a base station), and the transceiver unit may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信处理装置80包括一个或多个所述处理器801,所述一个或多个处理器801可实现图3-图7的一项或多项所示的终端设备,或第一接入网设备执行的方法。The communication processing device 80 includes one or more of the processors 801, and the one or more processors 801 can implement the terminal equipment shown in one or more of FIGS. 3-7, or the first access The method implemented by the network device.
可选的,处理器801除了实现图3-图7的一项或多项所示的实施例的方法,还可以实现其他功能。Optionally, the processor 801 may implement other functions in addition to implementing the methods in one or more of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3-7.
可选的,一种设计中,处理器801也可以包括指令803,所述指令可以在所述处理器上被运行,使得所述通信处理装置80执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。Optionally, in a design, the processor 801 may also include an instruction 803, which may be executed on the processor, so that the communication processing device 80 executes the method described in the foregoing method embodiment.
在又一种可能的设计中,通信处理装置80也可以包括电路,所述电路可以实现前述方法实施例中第一接入网设备或用于第一接入网设备的部件,或源接入网设备或用于源接入网设备的部件执行的功能,或目标接入网设备或用于目标接入网设备的部件执行的操作流程。In another possible design, the communication processing device 80 may also include a circuit, which may implement the first access network device or the component used for the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiment, or the source access The function performed by the network device or the component used for the source access network device, or the operation flow performed by the target access network device or the component used for the target access network device.
在又一种可能的设计中所述通信处理装置80中可以包括一个或多个存储器802,其上存有指令804,所述指令可在所述处理器上被运行,使得所述数据传输的装置80执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器中还可以存储有数据。可选的处理器中也可以存储指令和/或数据。例如,所述一个或多个存储器802可以存储上述实施例中所描述的移动有效区域,或者上述实施例中所涉及的相关的参数或表格等。所述处理器和存储器可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。In another possible design, the communication processing device 80 may include one or more memories 802, on which instructions 804 are stored, and the instructions may be executed on the processor, so that the data transmission The device 80 executes the method described in the foregoing method embodiment. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory. The optional processor may also store instructions and/or data. For example, the one or more memories 802 may store the mobile effective area described in the foregoing embodiment, or related parameters or tables involved in the foregoing embodiment. The processor and the memory can be provided separately or integrated together.
在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信处理装置80还可以包括收发单元805以及天线806,或者,包括通信接口。所述收发单元805可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等,用于通过天线806实现装置的收发功能。所述通信接口(图中未示出),可以用于接入网设备和接入网设备,或是,终端设备和终端设备,或是接入网设备和终端设备之间的通信。可选的,该通信接口可以为有线通信的接口,比如光纤通信的接口。In another possible design, the communication processing device 80 may further include a transceiver unit 805 and an antenna 806, or include a communication interface. The transceiving unit 805 may be called a transceiver, a transceiving circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and is used to implement the transceiving function of the device through the antenna 806. The communication interface (not shown in the figure) may be used for communication between an access network device and an access network device, or a terminal device and a terminal device, or an access network device and a terminal device. Optionally, the communication interface may be a wired communication interface, such as an optical fiber communication interface.
所述处理器801可以称为处理单元,对装置(比如终端或者基站)进行控制。The processor 801 may be referred to as a processing unit, which controls a device (such as a terminal or a base station).
此外,由于本申请实施例中所描述收发单元805进行的发送或接收是在处理单元(处理器801)的控制之下,因此,本申请实施例中也可以将发送或接收的动作描述为处理单元(处理器801)执行的,并不影响本领域技术人员对方案的理解。In addition, since the sending or receiving performed by the transceiver unit 805 described in the embodiment of the present application is under the control of the processing unit (processor 801), the sending or receiving action may also be described as processing in the embodiment of the present application. The execution by the unit (processor 801) does not affect the understanding of the solution by those skilled in the art.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理器可以为中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。It should be understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits. (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只 读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM). Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括以下中的一项或多项:The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes one or more of the following:
上述的第一接入网设备或用于第一接入网设备的部件,或The above-mentioned first access network device or a component used for the first access network device, or
终端设备或可用于终端设备的部件。Terminal equipment or components that can be used in terminal equipment.
需要说明的是,上述部件可以是例如芯片,或者还可以是电路。It should be noted that the above-mentioned components may be, for example, chips, or may also be circuits.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序包括用于执行上述方法中第一接入网设备或用于第一接入网设备的部件,或终端设备或用于终端设备的部件所执行方法的指令。该可读介质可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),本申请实施例对此不做限制。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code, the computer program including components for executing the first access network device or for the first access network device in the above method, or Instructions for the method performed by the terminal device or a component used in the terminal device. The readable medium may be a read-only memory (ROM) or a random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令被执行时,以使得该第一接入网设备或用于第一接入网设备的部件,或终端设备或用于终端设备的部件分别执行对应于上述方法的第一接入网设备、终端设备的操作。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the first access network device or the component for the first access network device, or the terminal device or The components for the terminal device respectively execute the operations of the first access network device and the terminal device corresponding to the foregoing method.
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片,该系统芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,该处理单元,例如可以是处理器,该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令,以使该芯片所应用的数据传输的装置执行上述本申请实施例提供的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit. The processing unit can execute computer instructions, so that the data transmission device applied to the chip executes the method provided in the foregoing embodiment of the present application.
可选地,上述本申请实施例中提供的任意一种数据传输的装置可以包括该系统芯片。Optionally, any data transmission device provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may include the system chip.
可选地,该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。Optionally, the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
可选地,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该数据传输的装内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM等。其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述的数据传输的方法的程序执行的集成电路。该处理单元和该存储单元可以解耦,分别设置在不同的物理设备上,通过有线或者无线的方式连接来实现该处理单元和该存储单元的各自的功能,以支持该系统芯片实现上述实施例中的各种功能。或者,该处理单元和该存储器也可以耦合在同一个设备上。应理解,在本申请实施例中的处理器可以是CPU,该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., the storage unit can also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the data transmission device, such as a ROM or a storage unit that can store static information and Instructions for other types of static storage devices, RAM, etc. Wherein, the processor mentioned in any of the above may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the program execution of the above data transmission method. The processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively set on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above-mentioned embodiments Various functions in. Alternatively, the processing unit and the memory may also be coupled to the same device. It should be understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a CPU, and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. . The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件(如电路)、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (such as circuits), firmware, or any other combination. When implemented by software, the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
在本申请中可能出现的对各种消息/信息/设备/网元/系统/装置/动作/操作/流程/概念等各类客体进行了赋名,可以理解的是,这些具体的名称并不构成对相关客体的限定,所赋名称可随着场景,语境或者使用习惯等因素而变更,对本申请中技术术语的技术含义的理解,应主要从其在技术方案中所体现/执行的功能和技术效果来确定。Various messages/information/equipment/network elements/systems/devices/actions/operations/processes/concepts and other objects that may appear in this application are given names. It is understandable that these specific names are not It constitutes a limitation on related objects. The assigned name can be changed according to factors such as the scene, context or usage habits. The understanding of the technical meaning of the technical terms in this application should mainly be based on the function embodied/performed in the technical solution And technical effects to determine.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系,但也可能表示的是一种“和/或”的关系,具体可参考前后文进行理解。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this text is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist. , There are three cases of B alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship, but it may also indicate an "and/or" relationship, which can be understood with reference to the context.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A. However, it should also be understood that determining B based on A does not mean that B is determined only based on A, and B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、方法和装置,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显 示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, method, and device may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者接入网设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or an access network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (33)

  1. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一接入网设备根据至少两个服务质量QoS参数确定第一QoS参数;The first access network device determines the first QoS parameter according to the at least two quality of service QoS parameters;
    所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第一无线资源配置,所述第一无线资源配置是根据所述第一QoS参数确定的,所述第一无线资源配置用于所述第一接入网设备与终端设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。The first access network device sends a first wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, the first wireless resource configuration is determined according to the first QoS parameter, and the first wireless resource configuration is used for the first access Between the networked device and the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一QoS参数和所述至少两个QoS参数属于一个协议数据单元PDU会话。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first QoS parameter and the at least two QoS parameters belong to one protocol data unit PDU session.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备接收第二接入网设备发送的业务承载请求消息,所述业务承载请求消息中携带所述至少两个QoS参数,其中,所述第二接入网设备为所述终端设备的源网络设备,所述第一接入网设备为所述终端设备的目标网络设备。The first access network device receives a service bearer request message sent by a second access network device, and the service bearer request message carries the at least two QoS parameters, where the second access network device is The source network device of the terminal device, and the first access network device is the target network device of the terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备根据至少两个服务质量QoS参数确定第一QoS参数,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first access network device determining the first QoS parameter according to at least two quality of service QoS parameters comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备从所述至少两个QoS参数中,选择一个QoS参数作为所述第一QoS参数。The first access network device selects one QoS parameter from the at least two QoS parameters as the first QoS parameter.
  5. 根据权利要要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备将所述第一QoS参数通知给核心网设备。The first access network device notifies the core network device of the first QoS parameter.
  6. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一接入网设备根据当前使用的第一服务质量QoS参数确定第二QoS参数;The first access network device determines the second QoS parameter according to the currently used first quality of service QoS parameter;
    所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第二无线资源配置,所述第二无线资源配置是根据所述第二QoS参数确定的,所述第二无线资源配置用于所述第一接入网设备与终端设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。The first access network device sends a second wireless resource configuration to the terminal device, the second wireless resource configuration is determined according to the second QoS parameter, and the second wireless resource configuration is used for the first access Between the networked device and the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二QoS参数和所述第一QoS参数属于一个PDU会话。The method according to claim 6, wherein the second QoS parameter and the first QoS parameter belong to one PDU session.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二QoS参数在QoS参数列表中的位置比所述第一QoS参数在所述QoS参数列表中的位置靠前。The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the position of the second QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list is higher than the position of the first QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list.
  9. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that the method includes:
    终端设备接收到第一无线资源配置,所述第一无线资源配置用于所述终端设备与接入网设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输,所述第一无线资源配置与所述终端设备当前使用的第二无线资源配置不同;The terminal device receives the first wireless resource configuration, and the first wireless resource configuration is used between the terminal device and the access network device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device, and the first wireless resource configuration is used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device. A wireless resource configuration is different from the second wireless resource configuration currently used by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备根据所述第二无线资源配置对缓存中的数据包进行处理,根据所述第一无线资源配置对新接收到的数据包进行处理;或者The terminal device processes the data packet in the buffer according to the second wireless resource configuration, and processes the newly received data packet according to the first wireless resource configuration; or
    所述终端设备根据所述第一无线资源配置,对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理。The terminal device processes the data packets in the buffer and the newly received data packets according to the first wireless resource configuration.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线资源配置和所述第二无线资源配置中包括第一逻辑信道的优先级,The method according to claim 9, wherein the first radio resource configuration and the second radio resource configuration include the priority of the first logical channel,
    所述终端设备根据所述第一无线资源配置,对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理,包括:The terminal device processing the data packets in the buffer and the newly received data packets according to the first wireless resource configuration includes:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一无线资源配置中第一逻辑信道的优先级高于所述第二无线资源配置中所述第一逻辑信道的优先级,确定所述第一逻辑信道对应的缓存中待发送的数据等同于新数据到达。The terminal device determines the buffer corresponding to the first logical channel according to the priority of the first logical channel in the first wireless resource configuration being higher than the priority of the first logical channel in the second wireless resource configuration The data to be sent is equivalent to the arrival of new data.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线资源配置中包括数据汇聚协议PDCP层的第一丢弃计数器discard timer参数,所述第二无线资源配置中包括第二discard timer参数,The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the first wireless resource configuration includes a first discard timer parameter of the PDCP layer of the data convergence protocol, and the second wireless resource configuration includes a second discard timer parameter. timer parameter,
    所述终端设备根据所述第二无线资源配置对缓存中的数据包进行处理,根据所述第一无线资源配置对新接收到的数据包进行处理,包括:The terminal device processing the data packet in the buffer according to the second wireless resource configuration, and processing the newly received data packet according to the first wireless resource configuration, includes:
    所述终端设备根据所述第二discard timer参数对缓存中的数据包进行处理;The terminal device processes the data packet in the buffer according to the second discard timer parameter;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一discard timer参数对新接收到的数据包进行处理。The terminal device processes the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
    所述终端设备根据所述第一无线资源配置,对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理,包括:The terminal device processing the data packets in the buffer and the newly received data packets according to the first wireless resource configuration includes:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一discard timer参数对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理。The terminal device processes the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
  12. 根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线资源配置中包括第一无线链路控制RLC重传次数,所述第二无线资源配置中包括第二RLC重传次数,The method according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein the first radio resource configuration includes a first radio link control RLC retransmission number, and the second radio resource configuration includes a second RLC retransmission times,
    所述终端设备根据所述第一无线资源配置,对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理,包括:The terminal device processing the data packets in the buffer and the newly received data packets according to the first wireless resource configuration includes:
    所述终端设备根据数据包的第二RLC重传次数是否大于所述第一RLC重传次数,确定是否对所述数据包进行重传。The terminal device determines whether to retransmit the data packet according to whether the second RLC retransmission times of the data packet is greater than the first RLC retransmission times.
  13. 一种数据传输的装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A data transmission device, characterized in that the device includes:
    确定模块,用于根据至少两个服务质量QoS参数确定第一QoS参数;A determining module, configured to determine the first QoS parameter according to at least two quality of service QoS parameters;
    发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一无线资源配置,所述第一无线资源配置是根据所述第一QoS参数确定的,所述第一无线资源配置用于所述第一接入网设备与终端设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。A sending module, configured to send a first wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, where the first wireless resource configuration is determined according to the first QoS parameter, and the first wireless resource configuration is for the first access network device And the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一QoS参数和所述至少两个QoS参数属于一个协议数据单元PDU会话。The apparatus according to claim 13, wherein the first QoS parameter and the at least two QoS parameters belong to one protocol data unit PDU session.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the device further comprises:
    接收模块,用于接收第二接入网设备发送的业务承载请求消息,所述业务承载请求消息中携带所述至少两个QoS参数,其中,所述第二接入网设备为所述终端设备的源网络设备,所述第一接入网设备为所述终端设备的目标网络设备。The receiving module is configured to receive a service bearer request message sent by a second access network device, where the service bearer request message carries the at least two QoS parameters, where the second access network device is the terminal device The source network device of the terminal device, the first access network device is the target network device of the terminal device.
  16. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein the determining module is specifically configured to:
    从所述至少两个QoS参数中,选择一个QoS参数作为所述第一QoS参数。From the at least two QoS parameters, one QoS parameter is selected as the first QoS parameter.
  17. 根据权利要求13至16中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块还用于:The device according to any one of claims 13 to 16, wherein the sending module is further configured to:
    将所述第一QoS参数通知给核心网设备。Notifying the core network device of the first QoS parameter.
  18. 一种数据传输的装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A data transmission device, characterized in that the device includes:
    确定模块,用于根据当前使用的第一服务质量QoS参数确定第二QoS参数;The determining module is configured to determine the second QoS parameter according to the currently used first quality of service QoS parameter;
    发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第二无线资源配置,所述第二无线资源配置是根据所述第二QoS参数确定的,所述第二无线资源配置用于所述第一接入网设备与终端设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输。A sending module, configured to send a second wireless resource configuration to a terminal device, where the second wireless resource configuration is determined according to the second QoS parameter, and the second wireless resource configuration is used for the first access network device And the terminal device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二QoS参数和所述第一QoS参数属于一个PDU会话。The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the second QoS parameter and the first QoS parameter belong to one PDU session.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二QoS参数在QoS参数列表中的位置比所述第一QoS参数在所述QoS参数列表中的位置靠前。The apparatus according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the position of the second QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list is higher than the position of the first QoS parameter in the QoS parameter list.
  21. 一种数据传输的装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A data transmission device, characterized in that the device includes:
    接收模块,用于接收到第一无线资源配置,所述第一无线资源配置用于所述终端设备与接入网设备之间,或者用于所述终端设备和终端设备之间进行数据传输,所述第一无线资源配置与所述终端设备当前使用的第二无线资源配置不同;A receiving module, configured to receive a first wireless resource configuration, where the first wireless resource configuration is used between the terminal device and the access network device, or used for data transmission between the terminal device and the terminal device, The first wireless resource configuration is different from the second wireless resource configuration currently used by the terminal device;
    第一处理模块,用于根据所述第二无线资源配置对缓存中的数据包进行处理,根据所述第一无线资源配置对新接收到的数据包进行处理;或者The first processing module is configured to process the data packet in the buffer according to the second wireless resource configuration, and process the newly received data packet according to the first wireless resource configuration; or
    第二处理模块,用于根据所述第一无线资源配置,对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理。The second processing module is configured to process the data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet according to the first wireless resource configuration.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一无线资源配置和所述第二无线资源配置中包括第一逻辑信道的优先级,The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the first radio resource configuration and the second radio resource configuration include the priority of the first logical channel,
    所述第一处理模块或所述第二处理模块具体用于:The first processing module or the second processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第一无线资源配置中第一逻辑信道的优先级高于所述第二无线资源配置中所述第一逻辑信道的优先级,确定所述第一逻辑信道对应的缓存中待发送的数据等同于新数据到达。According to the priority of the first logical channel in the first wireless resource configuration being higher than the priority of the first logical channel in the second wireless resource configuration, determine the to-be-sent in the buffer corresponding to the first logical channel The data is equivalent to the arrival of new data.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一无线资源配置中包括数据汇聚协议PDCP层的第一丢弃计数器discard timer参数,所述第二无线资源配置中包括第二discard timer参数,The apparatus according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the first wireless resource configuration includes a first discard timer parameter of the PDCP layer of the data convergence protocol, and the second wireless resource configuration includes a second discard timer parameter. timer parameter,
    所述第一处理模块具体用于:The first processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第二discard timer参数对缓存中的数据包进行处理;Process the data packet in the cache according to the second discard timer parameter;
    根据所述第一discard timer参数对新接收到的数据包进行处理。Process the newly received data packet according to the first discard timer parameter.
    所述第二处理模块具体用于:The second processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第一discard timer参数对缓存中的数据包以及新接收到的数据包进行处理。The data packet in the buffer and the newly received data packet are processed according to the first discard timer parameter.
  24. 根据权利要求21至23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一无线资源配置中包括第一无线链路控制RLC重传次数,所述第二无线资源配置中包括第二RLC重传次数,The apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the first radio resource configuration includes a first radio link control RLC retransmission number, and the second radio resource configuration includes a second RLC retransmission times,
    所述第二处理模块具体用于:The second processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据数据包的第二RLC重传次数是否大于所述第一RLC重传次数,确定是否对所述数据包进行重传。According to whether the second RLC retransmission times of the data packet is greater than the first RLC retransmission times, it is determined whether to retransmit the data packet.
  25. 一种通信处理装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合;A communication processing device, characterized by comprising: a processor coupled with a memory;
    所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述第一接入网设备 执行如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in the memory, so that the first access network device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  26. 一种通信处理装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合;A communication processing device, characterized by comprising: a processor coupled with a memory;
    所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述终端设备执行如权利要求6至8中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in the memory, so that the terminal device executes the method according to any one of claims 6 to 8.
  27. 一种通信处理装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合;A communication processing device, characterized by comprising: a processor coupled with a memory;
    所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述终端设备执行如权利要求9至12中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in the memory, so that the terminal device executes the method according to any one of claims 9 to 12.
  28. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, characterized by comprising a computer program, which when the computer program runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  29. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如权利要求6至8中任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, characterized by comprising a computer program, when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 6 to 8.
  30. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如权利要求9至12中任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, characterized by comprising a computer program, when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 9 to 12.
  31. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising a computer program, when the computer program runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  32. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如权利要求6至8中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising a computer program, when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 6 to 8.
  33. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如权利要求9至12中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising a computer program, when the computer program runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 9 to 12.
PCT/CN2019/109595 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Data transmission method, apparatus and computer readable storage medium WO2021062700A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/109595 WO2021062700A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Data transmission method, apparatus and computer readable storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/109595 WO2021062700A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Data transmission method, apparatus and computer readable storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021062700A1 true WO2021062700A1 (en) 2021-04-08

Family

ID=75337698

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/109595 WO2021062700A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Data transmission method, apparatus and computer readable storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021062700A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024066878A1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Quality of service parameter adjustment method, access network device, terminal, and core network device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1168730A2 (en) * 2000-05-31 2002-01-02 Nokia Inc. Method, apparatus and computer program for IP traffic prioritization in IP Networks
CN106134274A (en) * 2016-06-29 2016-11-16 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Data transmission method, data transmission device and system
CN107615707A (en) * 2015-05-29 2018-01-19 诺基亚技术有限公司 The support of flexible radio protocol in 5G radio access networks
CN107645791A (en) * 2016-07-22 2018-01-30 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of radio bearer processing method and processing device of transmitting data stream
CN109257827A (en) * 2016-09-30 2019-01-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication means, device, system, terminal and access network equipment

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1168730A2 (en) * 2000-05-31 2002-01-02 Nokia Inc. Method, apparatus and computer program for IP traffic prioritization in IP Networks
CN107615707A (en) * 2015-05-29 2018-01-19 诺基亚技术有限公司 The support of flexible radio protocol in 5G radio access networks
CN106134274A (en) * 2016-06-29 2016-11-16 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Data transmission method, data transmission device and system
CN107645791A (en) * 2016-07-22 2018-01-30 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of radio bearer processing method and processing device of transmitting data stream
CN109257827A (en) * 2016-09-30 2019-01-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication means, device, system, terminal and access network equipment

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024066878A1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Quality of service parameter adjustment method, access network device, terminal, and core network device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11246178B2 (en) Balancing uplink transmissions for dual connectivity
US9407563B2 (en) Methods and apparatuses for adapting application uplink rate to wireless communications network
WO2016082652A1 (en) Drb mapping method and apparatus
CN109792634A (en) Data processing method, apparatus and system
WO2020029097A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2021023215A1 (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
WO2020087509A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
CN113950019A (en) Resource scheduling method, communication device and system
TWI737725B (en) Communication method, network equipment, and terminal equipment
CN109672510B (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2019214660A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021081824A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
CN109688179B (en) Communication method and communication device
US20210282002A1 (en) Ue limitations for duplication
WO2021062700A1 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus and computer readable storage medium
WO2023207846A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20220369154A1 (en) Method and apparatus for indicating qos flow information
US20230198678A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2019210813A1 (en) Wireless network communication method and device
WO2022021302A1 (en) Method for enhanced representation and report of layer 2 measurement amount and device
WO2022067611A1 (en) Method for reporting listen-before-talk failure, terminal device, and network device
CN111654360B (en) Non-active state switching processing method and communication equipment
WO2020087294A1 (en) Replication data-based transmission method and device
WO2021138955A1 (en) Sending time information notification method and apparatus
WO2023184553A1 (en) Wireless communication method, network device and terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19948119

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19948119

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1